owner's manual - hyundai motor america · 2019-10-02 · owner's manual operation...

OWNER'S MANUAL

Operation

Maintenance

Specifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai Motor India Limited reserves the right to make changesat any time without prior notice and without obligation to incorporate suchchanges so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carriedout.

This manual applies to all variants of this vehicle and includes descriptionsand explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to yourspecific vehicle.

This manual is provided in non-writable PDF format and can be viewable onany computer or Device compatible with windows 7 & above and PDF read-er. Avoid direct sunlight to CD & do not keep it in high temperature zone i.emore than 70 degree celcius.

Your HYUNDAI vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI vehicle and may, in addition, violate condi-tions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in vio-lation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It ispossible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adverselyaffect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radiomanufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures orspecial instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.These titles indicate the following:

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

DANGER indicates a hazardous situa-tion which, if not avoided, will result indeath or serious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardous situa-tion which, if not avoided, could result indeath or serious injury.

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situa-tion which, if not avoided, could result inminor or moderate injury.

CAUTION

NOTICE indicates a situation which, if notavoided, could result in vehicle damage.

NOTICEWARNING

FFOREWORD

Thank you for choosing HYUNDAI vehicle . We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive HYUNDAI vehicle. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI vehicle we build is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI vehicle . It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

Hyundai Motor India Limited also recommends that service and maintenance on your vehicle be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA LIMITED

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this HYUNDAI vehicle , please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2018 HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAIMotor Company.

Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meetHYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listedon Page 10-4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

CAUTION

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual canassist you in many ways. We stronglyrecommend that you read the entiremanual. In order to minimize thechance of death or injury, you mustread the DANGER, WARNING andCAUTION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the wordsin this manual to best explain how toenjoy your vehicle. By reading yourmanual, you will learn about fea-tures, important safety information,and driving tips under various roadconditions.The general layout of the manual isprovided in the Table of Contents.Use the index when looking for aspecific area or subject; it has analphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.Sections: This manual has ten chap-ters plus an index. Each sectionbegins with a brief list of contents soyou can tell at a glance if that sectionhas the information you want.

Your safety, and the safety of others,is very important. This Owner'sManual provides you with many safe-ty precautions and operating proce-dures. This information alerts you topotential hazards that may hurt youor others, as well as damage to yourvehicle.Safety messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describethese hazards and what to do toavoid or reduce the risks.Warnings and instructions containedin this manual are for your safety.Failure to follow safety warnings andinstructions can lead to serious injuryor death.

Throughout this manual DANGER,WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE andthe SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL willbe used.

This is the safety alert sym-bol. It is used to alert you topotential physical injury haz-ards. Obey all safety mes-sages that follow this symbolto avoid possible injury ordeath. The safety alert sym-bol precedes the signal wordsDANGER, WARNING andCAUTION.

DANGER indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided, willresult in death or serious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided,could result in death or seriousinjury.

WARNING

NNOTICE indicates a situation which,if not avoided, could result in vehicledamage.

Petrol engineUnleadedYour new vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having an OctaneRating of RON (Research OctaneNumber) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index)87 or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed toobtain maximum performance withUNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-mize exhaust emissions and sparkplug fouling.

Leaded (if equipped)For some countries, your vehicle isdesigned to use leaded petrol. When you are going to use leadedpetrol, we recommend that you askan authorized HYUNDAI dealerwhether leaded petrol in your vehicleis available or not.Octane Rating of leaded petrol issame with unleaded one.

NOTICE

NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. Theuse of leaded fuel is detrimental tothe catalytic converter and willdamage the engine control sys-tem’s oxygen sensor and affectemission control.Never add any fuel system clean-ing agents to the fuel tank otherthan what has been specified (Werecommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

CAUTION

CAUTION indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided,could result in minor or moderateinjury.

CAUTION

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

WARNING

PPetrol containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of petrol andethanol (also known as grain alco-hol), and petrol or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alco-hol) are being marketed along with orinstead of leaded or unleaded petrol.Do not use gasohol containing morethan 10% ethanol, and do not usepetrol or gasohol containing anymethanol. Either of these fuels maycause drivability problems and dam-age to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of anykind if drivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or driveability prob-lems may not be covered by themanufacturer’s warranty if they resultfrom the use of:1. Gasohol containing more than

10% ethanol.2. Petrol or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

Use of MTBEHYUNDAI recommends avoidingfuels containing MTBE (MethylTertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) inyour vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)may reduce vehicle performance andproduce vapor lock or hard starting.

Your New Vehicle LimitedWarranty may not cover damageto the fuel system and any per-formance problems that arecaused by the use of fuels con-taining methanol or fuels contain-ing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary ButylEther) over 15.0% vol. (OxygenContent 2.7% weight.)

CAUTION

Never use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTION

DDo not use methanolFuels containing methanol (woodalcohol) should not be used in yourvehicle. This type of fuel can reducevehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system.

Fuel AdditivesHYUNDAI recommends that you usegood quality petrols meet Europe Fuelstandards (EN228) or equivalents. For customers who do not use goodquality petrols including fuel additivesregularly, and have problems startingor the engine does not run smoothly,one bottle of additives added to thefuel tank at every 5,000 km. Additivesare available from your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer along with informa-tion on how to use them. Do not mixother additives.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehiclein another country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

DDiesel engineDiesel fuelDiesel engine must be operated onlyon commercially available diesel fuelthat complies with EN 590 or compa-rable standard. (EN stands for"European Norm"). Do not usemarine diesel fuel, heating oils, ornon-approved fuel additives, as thiswill increase wear and cause dam-age to the engine and fuel system.The use of non-approved fuels and /or fuel additives will result in a limita-tion of your warranty rights. Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 isused in your vehicle. If two types ofdiesel fuel are available, use summeror winter fuel properly according tothe following temperature conditions.• Above -5°C (23°F) ... Summer type

diesel fuel.• Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type

diesel fuel.

Watch the fuel level in the tank verycarefully : If the engine stops throughfuel failure, the circuits must be com-pletely purged to permit restarting.

Do not let any petrol or water enterthe tank. This would make it neces-sary to drain it out and to bleed thelines to avoid jamming the injectionpump and damaging the engine.

- Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF)

It is recommended to use the regu-lated automotive diesel fuel for dieselvehicle equipped with the DPF sys-tem.If you use diesel fuel including highsulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur) andunspecified additives, it can causethe DPF system to be damaged andwhite smoke can be emitted.

Biodiesel Commercially supplied Diesel blendsof no more than 7% biodiesel, com-monly known as "B7 Diesel" may beused in your vehicle if Biodieselmeets EN 14214 or equivalent spec-ifications. (EN stands for "EuropeanNorm"). The use of biofuels exceed-ing 7% made from rapeseed methylester (RME), fatty acid methyl ester(FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester(VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceed-ing 7% with biodiesel will causeincreased wear or damage to theengine and fuel system. Repair orreplacement of worn or damagedcomponents due to the use of nonapproved fuels will not be covered bythe manufactures warranty.

• Never use any fuel, whetherdiesel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise,that fails to meet the latest petrole-um industry specification.

• Never use any fuel additives ortreatments that are not recom-mended or approved by the vehi-cle manufacturer.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

No special break-in period is need-ed. By following a few simple precau-tions for the first 1,000 km (600miles) you may add to the perform-ance, economy and life of your vehi-cle:• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) between 2,000 rpm and4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed forlong periods of time, either fast orslow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-gencies, to allow the brakes to seatproperly.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first2,000 km (1,200 miles) of opera-tion.

IBi Eng 2_PA RHD 1.qxd 18-03-2016 16:49 Page 1

Hyundai Motor India Limited here-inafter called "HMIL", warrants thateach new Hyundai vehicle sold shallbe free from any defects in materialand workmanship, under normal useand maintenance, subject to the fol-lowing terms and conditions.

1. Warranty periodThis warranty shall exist for a period of 36 months/100,000 kms whichsoever is earlier from the date of delivery to the first purchaser. This warranty is transferable to subsequent owner for the remainingwarranty period. This warranty isapplicable only in India and nottransferable to any other country.

2. What is covered

Except as provided in paragraph 3hereof, our Authorized Dealers shalleither repair or replace, any Hyundaigenuine part that is acknowledgedby HMIL to be defective in material or

workmanship within the warrantyperiod stipulated above, at no cost tothe owner of the Hyundai vehicle forparts or labour. Such defective partswhich have been replaced willbecome the property of HMIL.

3. What is not covered

This warranty shall not apply to:o Normal maintenance services

other than the three free services,including without limitation, clean-ing and polishing, minor adjust-ments, engine tuning, oil/fluidchanges, filters replenishment,fastener retightening, wheel bal-ancing, wheel alignment and tyrerotation etc.

o Replacement of parts as a resultof normal wear and tear such asspark plugs, belts, brake padsand linings, clutch disc/facing, fil-ters, wiper blades, bulbs, fuses,etc.

o Damage or failure resulting from:� Negligence of proper mainte-

nance as required in thisOwner's Manual and ServiceBooklet.

� Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,

flooding or fire.� Use of improper or insufficient

fuel, fluids or lubricants.� Use of parts other than

Hyundai Genuine Parts.� Any device and/or accessories

not supplied by HMIL.� Modifications, alterations,

tampering or improper repair.� Parts used in applications of

which they were not designedor not approved by HMIL.

� Slight irregularities not recog-nised as affecting quality orfunction of the vehicle or parts,such as slight noise or vibra-tions, or items consideredcharacteristic of the vehicle.

� Airborne "fallout", Industrialfall out, acid rain, hail and windstorms, or other Acts of God.

� Paint scratches, dents or simi-lar paint or body damage.

� Action of road elements (sand,gravel, dust or road debris)which results in stone chippingof paint or glass.

2 2

Hyundai Warranty Policy


o Incidental or consequential dam-ages, including without limitation,loss of time, inconvenience, lossof use of vehicle or commercialloss.

This warranty is the entire warrantygiven by HMIL for Hyundai vehiclesand no dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to extend orenlarge this warranty and no dealeror its or his agent or employee isauthorized to make any oral warran-ty on HMIL's behalf.

HMIL reserves the right to make anychange in design or make anyimprovement on the vehicle at anytime without any obligation to makethe same change on vehicles previ-ously sold. HMIL reserves the right for the finaldecision in all warranty matters.

Owner's Responsibilitieso Proper use, maintenance and

care of vehicle in accordance withthe instructions contained in thisOwner's Manual and ServiceBooklet. If the vehicle is subject tosevere usage conditions, such asoperation in extremely dusty,rough, more repeated short dis-tance driving or heavy city trafficduring hot weather, maintenanceof vehicle should be done morefrequently as mentioned in thisOwner's Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary forthe customer to show that therequired maintenance has beenperformed, as specified in thisOwner's Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Delivery of the vehicle during reg-ular service business hours toany authorized Hyundai Dealer toobtain warranty service.

o In order to maintain the validity ofthis Basic Warranty, the vehiclemust be serviced by HyundaiAuthorized workshop in accor-dance to the Owner’s Manual andService Booklet.

Hyundai Motor India Limited here-inafter called "HMIL", warrants thateach new Hyundai Genuine replace-ment part purchased from andinstalled by Hyundai AuthorizedDealer shall be free from any defectsin material or workmanship, undernormal use and maintenance, sub-ject to the following terms and condi-tions.

1. Warranty period

This warranty shall exist for a periodof 6 months or until the vehicle hasbeen driven for a distance of 10,000Kilometers from the date of installa-tion of replacement part by HyundaiAuthorized Dealer, whichever occursfirst.

2. What is covered

Except as provided in paragraph 3hereof, our Authorized Dealer whohad sold and installed the replace-ment part earlier shall either repair orreplace the said Hyundai genuinepart that is acknowledged by HMIL tobe defective in material or workman-ship within the warranty period stipu-

32


Batteries, Audio Systems, Tyresand Tubes originally equipped onHyundai vehicles are warranteddirectly by the respective manufac-turers and not by HMIL.

Audio Video Navigation System,

lated above, at no cost to the ownerof the Hyundai vehicle for parts orlabour.


This warranty shall not apply to:o Normal maintenance services of

parts such as cleaning, adjust-ment or replacement (i.e. sparkplugs that are oil fouled, leadfouled, or which fail due to the useof low grade fuel).

o Parts that fail due to abuse, mis-use, neglect, alteration or acci-dent or which have been improp-erly lubricated or repaired.

o Parts used in applications forwhich they were not designed orapproved by HMIL.

o Failure due to normal wear ofparts.

o Direct or indirect failures causedby misuse and improper mainte-nance of vehicle and installationof non-Hyundai parts on the vehi-cle.

o Any vehicle on which the odome-ter reading has been altered sothat mileage cannot be accurate-ly determined.


This warranty is the entire warrantygiven by HMIL for Hyundai replace-ment parts and no dealer or its or hisagent or employee is authorized toextend or enlarge this warranty andno dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to make anyoral warranty on HMIL's behalf.HMIL reserves the right for the finaldecision in all warranty matters.

Owner's Responsibilities

o Proper use, maintenance andcare of the vehicle in accordancewith the instructions contained inthe Owner's Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary forthe customer to show that therequired maintenance has beenperformed, as specified in thisOwner's Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Retention of the customer's copyof the original repair order and itsinvoice/bill against which the partwas replaced.

o Delivery of the vehicle during reg-ular service business hours to thesame Hyundai Authorized Dealerwho had sold and installed thereplacement part.

o In order to maintain the validity ofthis Parts replacement Warranty,the vehicle must be serviced byHyundai Authorized workshop inaccordance to the Owner’sManual and Service Booklet.

EmIssION WARRANTY

HMIL extends the Mass Emission standards (BS IV) for its vehicle in the following cities:(1) Delhi/NCR, (2) Mumbai, (3)Chennai, (4) Chennai, (5) Bangalore(6)HyderabadincludingSecunde-rabad, (7) Ahmedabad,(8)Pune, (9) Surat, (10) Kanpur, (11)Agra. (For the vehicles Manufactured on or after 01/04/2010).


2-4

(12) Lucknow (13) Sholapur (For thevehicles Manufactured on or after01/06/2010). (14) Puduchery, (15) Mathura, (16)vapi, (17) Jamnagar, (18)Ankleshwar, (19) Hissar, (20)Bharatpur, (21) Silvasa, (22) Daman &Diu, (23) Aligarh,(24)RaeBareilly,(25) Unnao, (26) Karnal, (27)Kurukshetra, (28) Yamunanagar,(29)Valsad, (30) Nizamabad,(31) Medak & (30) Mehboobnagar (For the vehicles Manufactured on or after 01/10/2010).The Mass Emissipn Standards (BSIII) shall apply to all the states andunion territories, except at above. Asand when Govt. of India notifies addi-tional/new cities under MassEmission Standards (BS IV), Suchcities would be auto matically cov-ered.Subject to other terms of the warran-ty policy and the conditions and obli-gations laid down hereunder,Hyundai Motor India Limited here-inafter called “HMIL”, certifies thatthe components liable to affect theemission of the gaseous pollutants inthe vehicle in normal use despite theuse to which it may be subjected,comply with the provisions of Rule

115(2) of the Central Motor VehicleRules, 1989 hereinafter referred toas the “In-use emission standard”,and further warrants that if on exam-ination by a dealer duly authorizedby HMIL, the vehicle is discovered tobe failing to meet the In-use emis-sion standard as specified in the saidrule, our Authorized Dealer shall takesuch corrective measures as may benecessary and shall at its sole dis-cretion either repair or replace free ofcharge, such components of emis-sion control system as are specifiedin paragraph 3 hereof.

1. Warranty period

This warranty will be in addition toand run parallel to the New VehicleWarranty and shall exist for a periodof 36 months or until the vehicle hasbeen driven for a distance of 80,000kilometers from the date of deliveryto the first purchaser, whicheveroccurs first. This warranty is transfer-able to subsequent owner for theremaining warranty period.

2. What is covered

Our Authorized Dealers shall eitherrepair or replace, any Hyundai gen-uine part listed in paragraph 3 here-of, that is acknowledged by HMIL tobe defective in material or workman-ship within the warranty period stipu-lated above, after examinations car-ried out to confirm that none of theoriginal settings have been tamperedwith, at no cost to the owner of theHyundai vehicle for parts or labour. Such defective parts which havebeen replaced will become the prop-erty of HMIL.

3. Emission Warranty Parts List

3.1 Engine Control Module System• Engine Control Module• Crankshaft Position Sensor,

Camshaft Position Sensor,Throttle Position Sensor, MAPSensor, O2 Sensor, IAT &ECT Sensor

3.2 Fuel Metering System• Fuel injectors• Fuel Pumps

3.3 Air Induction System• Air Cleaner Housing Assembly

Hyundai W

arra

nty

Polic

y

2

2-5

• Throttle Body• Intake Manifold• Idle Speed Control Actuator

3.4 Ignition System• H.T. Cable Set• Ignition Coil• Power Transistor• Distributor and internal parts

3.5 Evaporative Emission Control System• Vapour Storage Canister• Fuel Tank• Fuel Filler Tube and Fuel filler

Cap• Purge Control Solenoid Valve• Canister Close Valve

3.6 PCV System• PCV Valve.• PCV Hoses• Oil Filler Cap

3.7 Catalytic Converter System• Exhaust Manifold• Exhaust Pipe Assembly• Catalytic Converter

3.8 Exhaust Gas Recirculation(EGR) System (Diesel Engines)• EGR Control System

3.9 Miscellaneous items used in above Systems

• Vacuum hoses, clamps, fit-tings, tubing or mounting hard-ware used with the above sys-tems. Valves, Switches andSolenoids.


This Emission Warranty shall notapply to:

o Normal maintenance servicesincluding without limitation,engine tuning, oil/fluid changes,filters replenishment, etc.

o Replacement of parts as a resultof normal wear and tear such asspark plugs, filters, etc.

o The vehicle reported without valid‘Pollution Under Control’ certifi-cate for the period immediatelypreceding the test during whichthe failure is discovered.

o The vehicle which has been runon adulterated fuel or lubricant orfuel/lubricants other than thosespecified by HMIL.

o Damage or failure resulting from:v Negligence of proper mainte-

nance as required in thisOwner’s Manual and Service

Booklet.vMisuse, abuse, accident, theft,

flooding or fire.v Use of improper or insufficient

fuel, fluids or lubricants.v Any repair carried out other

than by Hyundai AuthorizedDealer/ Service Centre.

v Use of parts other thanHyundai Genuine Parts.

v Any device and/or accessoriesnot supplied by HMIL.

vModifications, alterations,tampering or improper repair.

v Parts used in applications forwhich they were not designedor not approved by HMIL.

v Any penalties that may becharged by statutory authori-ties on account of failure tocomply with the In-use emis-sion standards.

v The vehicle in which theodometer has been tamperedwith, changed or been discon-nected.

o Any consequential repairs orreplacement of parts which maybe found necessary to establishcompliance to In-use emission


2-6

HYUNDAI EXTENDEDWARRANTY*HMIL offers optional paid extend-ed warranty on selected models, inaddition to the basic new vehiclewarranty. For more details onHyundai Extended Warrantyplease call the nearest dealer orour toll free number 1-800-11-4645*Conditions apply

Hyundai W

arra

nty

Polic

y

2

2-7

standards, in addition to the replace-ment of the components coveredunder Emission Warranty, will notbe made free of cost unless suchparts are also found to be in war-rantable condition within thescope and limit of the NewVehicle Warranty.


This warranty is the entire warrantygiven by HMIL for Hyundai vehiclesand no dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to extend orenlarge this warranty and no dealeror its or his agent or employee isauthorized to make any oral warran-ty on HMIL’s behalf.

HMIL reserves the right to make anychange in design or make anyimprovement on the vehicle at anytime without any obligation to makethe same change on vehicles previ-ously sold.HMIL reserves the right for the finaldecision in all warranty matters.

OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

o Proper use, maintenance andcare of vehicle in accordance withthe instructions contained in thisOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet. If the vehicle is subjectto severe usage conditions, suchas operation in extremely dusty,rough, more repeated short dis-tance driving or heavy city trafficduring hot weather, maintenanceof vehicle should be done morefrequently as mentioned in thisOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o In order to maintain the validity ofthis Emission Warranty, the vehi-cle must be serviced by HyundaiAuthorized Dealer or ServiceCentre in accordance to theOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary forthe customer to show that therequired maintenance has beenperformed, as specified in thisOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o Immediate Delivery of the vehicleto any authorized Hyundai Dealer

upon discovery of failure to complywith the In-use emission standardinspite of proper use, mainte-nance and care of vehicle inaccordance with the instructionscontained in this Owner’s Manualand Service Booklet.

o Production of “Pollution UnderControl" (PUC) certificate valid forthe period immediately precedingthe test during which the failure isdiscovered, the test having beencarried out either for obtaining anew certificate, or pursuant uponbeing directed by an officer asreferred to in sub-rule (2) of Rule116 of the Central Motor VehiclesRules.

Your ve

hicle

at a

gla

nce

3

Your vehicle at a glance

3Exterior overview (I) .............................................3-2Exterior overview (II) ............................................3-4Interior overview....................................................3-6Instrument panel overview ...................................3-7Engine compartment .............................................3-8

3-2

ExtErior ovErviEw (i)


1. Hood ..........................................5-25

2. Headlight....................................9-77

3. Fog light/Daytime running light*..9-77

4. Tires and wheels........................9-49

5. Outside rearview mirror .............5-33

6. Front windshield wiper blades ...9-45

7. Windows ....................................5-20

* : if equipped

OIB017001R

� Front view• 5 Door

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

3-3

Your ve

hicle

at a

gla

nce

3

1. Hood ..........................................5-25

2. Headlight....................................9-77

3. Fog light*....................................9-77

4. Tires and wheels........................9-49

5. Outside rearview mirror .............5-33

6. Front windshield wiper blades ...9-43

7. Windows ....................................5-20

* : if equipped

OIB017005R

• Cross


3-4


ExtErior ovErviEw (ii)

1. Antenna ........................................6-2

2. Doors ..........................................5-13

3. Fuel filler door.............................5-27

4. Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) System*......................5-93

5. High mounted stop light..............9-83

6. Rear view monitor* .....................5-92

7. Rear window wiper blade*..........9-43

8. Tailgate .......................................5-18

* : if equipped

OIB017002R

� Rear view • 5 Door


3-5

Your ve

hicle

at a

gla

nce

3

1. Antenna ........................................6-2

2. Doors ..........................................5-13

3. Fuel filler door.............................5-27

4. Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) System*......................5-93

5. High mounted stop light..............9-83

6. Rear view monitor* .....................5-92

7. Rear window wiper blade*..........9-43

8. Tailgate .......................................5-18

* : if equipped

OIB017006L

• Cross


3-6


iNtErior ovErviEw

1. Door lock/unlock button ............5-14

2. Outside rearview mirror foldingswitch*........................................5-35

3. Outside rearview mirror controlswitch*........................................5-34

4. Power window switches ............5-20

5. Power window lock switch ........5-23

6. Headlight leveling device*..........5-85

7. Instrument panel illuminationcontrol switch*............................5-37

8. Fuel filler door opener* ..............5-27

9. Fuse box....................................9-62

10. Steering wheel ........................5-30

11. Seat ..........................................4-2

12. Clutch pedal ............................7-20

13. Brake pedal..............................7-30

14. Accelerator pedal

15. Hood release lever ..................5-25

* : if equipped

OIB014003The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

3-7

Your ve

hicle

at a

gla

nce

3

iNStrUMENt PANEL ovErviEw

1. Light control/Turn signals ..........5-81

2. Steering wheel audio controls*....6-4

3. Instrument cluster ......................5-36

4. Horn ..........................................5-31

5. Driver's front air bag* ................4-37

6. Wiper/Washer ............................5-89

7. Trip mode switch* ....5-69, 5-73, 5-76

8. Engine Start/Stop button ............7-9Key ignition switch ......................7-5

9. Manual transaxle ......................7-19Continuously Variable Transaxle ..................................7-23

10. Power outlet ..........................5-126

11. USB charger* ........................5-127

12. Manual climate control system..5-97Automatic climate controlsystem ..................................5-106

13. Audio system* ..................6-9, 6-37

14. Hazard switch ............................8-2

15. Central door lock switch ..........5-15

16. Passenger's front air bag* ......4-37

17. Glove box ..............................5-121

* : if equippedOIB017004R


3-8


ENGiNE CoMPArtMENt

OIB074056

� Petrol Engine (Kappa 1.2 MPI)

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir............9-31

2. Radiator cap ..............................9-32

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ........9-35

4. Air cleaner ................................9-39

5. Engine oil dipstick......................9-28

6. Engine oil filler cap ....................9-28

7. Windshield washer fluidreservoir ....................................9-42

8. Engine room junction block ......9-64

9. Battery ......................................9-45

* : if equipped

3-9

Your ve

hicle

at a

gla

nce

3

OIB074001

� Diesel Engine (U II 1.4 TCI)


1. Engine coolant reservoir............9-31

2. Radiator cap ..............................9-32

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ......9-35

4. Air cleaner ................................9-39

5. Engine oil dipstick......................9-29

6. Engine oil filler cap ....................9-30

7. Windshield washer fluidreservoir ....................................9-42

8. Engine room junction block ......9-64

9. Battery ......................................9-45

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Safety system of your vehicle

4

Seats .......................................................................4-2Front seats..........................................................................4-5Rear seats ...........................................................................4-9

Seat belts ..............................................................4-14Pre-tensioner seat belt .................................................4-20Seat belt precautions .....................................................4-22Care of seat belts ...........................................................4-25

Child restraint system .........................................4-26Using a child restraint system .....................................4-28

Air bag - supplemental restraint system (SRS) ..4-31How does the air bag system operate ......................4-32Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's seat...................................................4-34Air bag warning and indicator .....................................4-34SRS components and functions ..................................4-35Driver's and passenger's front air bag .....................4-38Side impact air bag .........................................................4-41Curtain air bag .................................................................4-42SRS Care............................................................................4-48Air bag warning label .....................................................4-51

4-2


SEATS

OIB037001E

Front seats1. Forward and backward

2. Seatback angle

3. Seat cushion height*

4. Headrest

Rear seats5. Headrest

6. Seatback folding

7. Armrest*

* : if equipped

The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

� Passenger’s Side � Driver’s Side

� Rear Seat

4-3

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4Loose objects

Loose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the oper-ation of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING

Uprighting seat

When you return the seatback toits upright position, hold the seat-back and return it slowly and besure there are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould move forward or backwardresulting in accidental injury to aperson struck by the seatback.

WARNING

Driver responsibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with seatbackreclined could lead to serious orfatal injury in an accident. If a seatis reclined during an accident, theoccupant’s hips may slide under thelap portion of the seat belt applyinggreat force to the unprotectedabdomen. The protection of yourrestraint system (seat belt and airbags) is greatly reduced by reclin-ing your seat. Serious or fatal inter-nal injuries could result. The drivermust advise the passenger to keepthe seatback in an upright positionwhenever the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING

Do not use a sitting cushion thatreduces friction between the seatand passenger. The passenger'ships may slide under the lap por-tion of the seat belt during an acci-dent or a sudden stop. Serious orfatal internal injuries could resultbecause the seat belt can't oper-ate normally.

WARNING

4-4


Driver’s seat

• Never attempt to adjust seatwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, andan accident causing death, seri-ous injury, or property damage.• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle.

Rear seatbacks

• The rear seatback must besecurely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in serious injuryor death in the event of a suddenstop or collision.• Luggage and other cargo shouldbe laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly while riding.• When resetting the seatback tothe upright position, make sure it issecurely latched by pushing it for-ward and backwards.• To avoid the possibility of burns,do not remove the carpet in thecargo area. Emission controldevices beneath this floor gener-ate high temperatures.

After adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or backward withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could causeyou to lose control of the vehicleresulting in an accident.

WARNING

4-5

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Front seats

Forward and rearwardTo move the seat forward or rear-ward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustmentlever up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, andmake sure the seat is locked secure-ly by trying to move forward and rear-ward without using the lever. If theseat moves, it is not locked properly.

• Do not adjust the seat while wear-ing seat belts. Moving the seatcushion forward may causestrong pressure on the abdomen.• Use extreme caution so thathands or other objects are notcaught in the seat mechanismswhile the seat is moving.• Do not put a cigarette lighter onthe floor or seat. When you oper-ate the seat, gas may gush out ofthe lighter and cause fire. • If there are occupants in the rearseats, be careful while adjustingthe front seat position.

WARNING

OIB034029

OIB034002

� Type A

� Type B

4-6


Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up onthe seatback recline lever.

2. Carefully lean back on the seatand adjust the seatback of theseat to the position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seatback is locked in place.(The lever MUST return to its orig-inal position for the seatback tolock.)

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat, if equipped)To change the height of the seatcushion, move the lever upwards ordownwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push thelever down several times.

• To raise the seat cushion, pull thelever up several times.

OIB034028

OIB034003

� Type A

� Type BOIB034004

4-7

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Headrest

The driver's and front passenger'sseats are equipped with a headrestfor the occupant's safety and com-fort. The headrest not only provides com-fort for the driver and front passen-ger, but also helps to protect thehead and neck in the event of a colli-sion.

To prevent damage, NEVER hit orpull on the headrests.

NOTICEODH033105L

To reduce the risk of serious injuryor death in an accident, take thefollowing precautions whenadjusting your headrests:• Always properly adjust the head-rests for all passengers BEFOREstarting the vehicle.• NEVER let anyone ride in a seatwith the headrests removed orreversed. •

Adjust the headrests so the middleof the headrests is at the sameheight as the height of the top ofthe eyes.

(Continued)

WARNING

OLF034072N

(Continued)• NEVER adjust the headrestposition of the driver’s seat whenthe vehicle is in motion.• Adjust the headrest as close tothe passenger’s head as possi-ble. Do not use a seat cushionthat holds the body away fromthe seatback.• Make sure the headrest locksinto position after adjusting it.

If you recline the seatback towardsthe front with the head restraint andseat cushion raised, the headrestraint may come in contact withthe sunvisor or other parts of thevehicle.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the headrest supportand lower the headrest to the desiredposition (3).

Removal/ReinstallTo remove the headrest:1. Recline the seatback (2) with therecline lever (1).

2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.3. Press the headrest release button(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).

NOTICE

4-8


OIB034006

NEVER allow anyone to ride in aseat with the headrest removed.

WARNING

OIB034005OLF034015

4-9

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

To reinstall the headrest :1. Put the headrest poles (2) into theholes while pressing the releasebutton (1).

2. Recline the seatback (4) with therecline lever (3).

3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-priate height.

Seatback pocket (if equipped) Rear seats Headrest

The rear seats are equipped withheadrests in all the seating positionsfor the occupant's safety and com-fort. The headrest not only provides com-fort for passengers, but also helps toprotect the head and neck in theevent of a collision.

OIB034007

OIB034008

Seatback pockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In anaccident they could come loosefrom the pocket and injure vehicleoccupants.

WARNING

Always make sure the headrestlocks into position after reinstallingand adjusting it properly.

WARNING

OIB034038

To prevent damage, NEVER hit orpull on the headrests.

Adjusting the height up and down(if equipped)To raise the headrest, pull it up (1).To lower the headrest, push and holdthe release button (2) on the head-rest support and lower the headrest(3).

NOTICE

4-10


(Continued)• NEVER adjust the headrestposition of the driver’s seat whenthe vehicle is in motion.• Adjust the headrest as close tothe passenger’s head as possi-ble. Do not use a seat cushionthat holds the body away fromthe seatback.• Make sure the headrest locksinto position after adjusting it. OIB034009

To reduce the risk of serious injuryor death in an accident, take thefollowing precautions whenadjusting your headrests:• Always properly adjust the head-rests for all passengers BEFOREstarting the vehicle.• NEVER let anyone ride in a seatwith the headrests removed. •

Adjust the headrests so the middleof the headrests is at the sameheight as the height of the top ofthe eyes.

(Continued)

WARNING

OLF034072N

4-11

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Removal (if equipped)To remove the headrest, raise it as faras it can go then press the releasebutton (1) while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put theheadrest poles (3) into the holeswhile pressing the release button (1).Then adjust it to the appropriateheight.

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks (or cushions)may be folded to facilitate carryinglong items or to increase the luggagecapacity of the vehicle.

1. Set the front seatback to theupright position and if necessary,slide the front seat forward.

2. Insert the rear lap/shoulder beltplate into the holder on the sidetrim. It will prevent the lap/shoulderbelt from interfering with the seat-back when folding.

• Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the vehicle is moving asthis is not a proper seating posi-tion and no seat belts are avail-able for use. This could result inserious injury or death in case ofan accident or sudden stop. • Objects carried on the foldeddown seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seats. This could allowcargo to slide forward and causeinjury or damage during suddenstops.

WARNING

OIB034010

Make sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to prop-erly protect the occupants.

WARNING

OIB037011

4-12


3. Pull up both sides of the seatbacklever and fold the seatback towardthe front of the vehicle.

To use the rear seat, lift and push upthe seatback backward. Push theseatback firmly until it clicks intoplace. Make sure the seatback islocked in place.When returning the rear seatbacks tothe upright position, remember toreturn the rear shoulder belts to theirproper position.

Information If you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you willbe able to pull the belt out smoothly.

iOIB037012

OIB034013

When you return the rear seat-back to its upright position afterbeing folded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that theseatback is completely locked intoits upright position by pushing onthe top of the seatback.Otherwise, in an accident or sud-den stop, the seat could fold downand allow cargo to enter the pas-senger compartment, which couldresult in serious injury or death.

WARNING

4-13

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

• When returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position.

• Routing the seat belt webbingthrough the rear seat belt guideswill help keep the seat belts frombeing trapped behind or under theseats.

Armrest (if equipped)

The armrest is located in the centerof the rear seat. Pull the armrestdown from the seatback to use it.

NOTICE

Cargo loading

Make sure the engine is off, theContinuously Variable Transaxleis in P (Park) or the ManualTransaxle is in R (Reverse) or 1st,and the parking brake is securelyapplied whenever loading orunloading cargo. Failure to takethese steps may allow the vehicleto move if the shift lever is inad-vertently moved to another posi-tion.

WARNING

Cargo

Cargo should always be securedto prevent it from being thrownabout the vehicle in a collision andcausing injury to the vehicle occu-pants. Do not place objects in therear seats, since they cannot beproperly secured and may hit thefront seat occupants in a collision.

WARNING OIB037043

4-14


SEAT BELTS

• For maximum restraint systemprotection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever thecar is moving.• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat,he/she must be properly beltedand the seat should be movedas far back as possible.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned mid-way over your shoulder acrossyour collarbone.• Never wear a seat belt overfragile objects. If there is a sud-den stop or impact, the seat beltcan damage it. • Avoid wearing twisted seatbelts. A twisted belt can't do itsjob as well. In a collision, it couldeven cut into you. Be sure thebelt webbing is straight and nottwisted.• Be careful not to damage thebelt webbing or hardware. If thebelt webbing or hardware isdamaged, replace it.

Seat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protection forwhich they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer. Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.

(Continued)

WARNING

4-15

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Seat belt warning (if equipped)

As a reminder to the driver (or frontpassemgers)*, the driver’s (or frontpassemger’s)* seat belt warninglights will illuminate for approximate-ly 6 seconds each time you turn theignition switch ON regardless of beltfastening.If the driver’s (or front passemger’s)*seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned ON or if it isdisconnected after the ignition switchis turned ON, the seat belt warninglight will illuminate until the belt isfastened.

(Continued)It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each belt assembly mustonly be used by one occupant; it isdangerous to put a belt around achild being carried on the occu-pant's lap.

• No modifications or additionsshould be made by the userwhich will either prevent the seatbelt adjusting devices from oper-ating to remove slack, or preventthe seat belt assembly from beingadjusted to remove slack.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)• When you fasten the seat belt, becareful not to latch the seat belt inbuckles of other seat. It's very dan-gerous and you may not be pro-tected by the seat belt properly.• Do not unfasten the seat belt anddo not fasten and unfasten theseat belt repeatedly while driving.This could result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.• When fastening the seat belt,make sure that the seat belt doesnot pass over objects that arehard or can break easily.• Make sure there is nothing in thebuckle. The seat belt may not befastened securely.

1GQA2083

4-16


If you continue not to fasten the seatbelt and you drive over 9 km/h, theilluminated warning light will start toblink until you drive under 6 km/h.If you continue not to fasten the seatbelt and you drive over 20 km/h (12mph) the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 100 sec-onds and the corresponding warninglight will blink.

*: if equipped

Lap/shoulder belt

To fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out ofthe retractor and insert the metal tab(1) into the buckle (2). There will bean audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle.

You should place the lap belt (1) por-tion across your hips and the shoul-der belt (2) portion across yourchest. The seat belt automatically adjusts tothe proper length only after the lapbelt portion is adjusted manually sothat it fits snugly around your hips. Ifyou lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and letyou move around. If there is a sud-den stop or impact, however, the beltwill lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

ODH033055

ODH033053

4-17

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

InformationIf you are not able to pull out the safe-ty belt from the retractor, firmly pullthe belt out and release it. Afterrelease, you will be able to pull the beltout smoothly.

Height adjustment (if equipped)You can adjust the height of the shoul-der belt anchor to one of 3 positionsfor maximum comfort and safety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck.You will not be getting the most effec-tive protection. The shoulder portionshould be adjusted so that it liesacross your chest and midway overyour shoulder near the door and notyour neck.

To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the heightadjuster into an appropriate position. To raise the height adjuster, pull it up(1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilepressing the height adjuster button(2).Release the button to lock theanchor into position. Try sliding theheight adjuster to make sure that ithas locked into position.

i

OIB034015

� Front seat

4-18


To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressingthe release button (1) in the lockingbuckle. When it is released, the beltshould automatically draw back intothe retractor.If this does not happen, check thebelt to be sure it is not twisted, thentry again.

Lap belt (if equipped)

To fasten your seat belt:To fasten a 2-point static type belt,insert the metal tab into the lockingbuckle. There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into thebuckle. Check to make sure the beltis properly locked and that the belt isnot twisted.

OLMB033088

OLMB033089

OLMB033025

You should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the otherunder, as shown in the illustration. Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.

WARNING

4-19

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

With a 2-point static type seat belt, thelength must be adjusted manually soit fits snugly around your body. Fastenthe belt and pull on the loose end totighten. The belt should be placed aslow as possible on your hips, not onyour waist. If the belt is too high, itcould increase the possibility of yourbeing injured in an accident.

When using the rear center seat belt,the buckle with the “CENTER” markmust be used.

To release the seat belt:When you want to release the seatbelt, press the button (1) in the lock-ing buckle.

OIB034016

The center lap belt latching mech-anism is different from those forthe rear seat shoulder belts. Whenfastening the rear seat shoulderbelts or the center lap belt, makesure they are inserted into the cor-rect buckles to obtain maximumprotection from the seat belt sys-tem and assure proper operation.

WARNING

OLMB03309OLMB033090

Too high

Shorten Correct

4-20


Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's pre-tensionerseat belts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure that theseat belts fit tightly against the occu-pant's body in certain frontal colli-sions. The pre-tensioner seat beltsmay be activated in crashes wherethe frontal collision is severe enough.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, orif the occupant tries to lean forwardtoo quickly, the seat belt retractor willlock into position. In certain frontalcollisions, the pre-tensioner will acti-vate and pull the seat belt into tightercontact against the occupant's body.

The seat belt pre-tensioner systemconsists mainly of the following com-ponents. Their locations are shown inthe illustration:(1) SRS air bag warning light(2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly(3) SRS control module

OIB034039

For your safety, be sure that thebelt webbing is not loose or twist-ed and always sit properly on yourseat.

WARNING

8KMB3311/H

4-21

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Information • When the pre-tensioner seat belts

are activated, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which mayappear to be smoke, may be visiblein the passenger compartment.These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

• Although it is harmless, the finedust may cause skin irritation andshould not be breathed for pro-longed periods. Wash all exposedskin areas thoroughly after an acci-dent in which the pre-tensioner seatbelts were activated.

• Because the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with thepre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS airbag warning light on the instru-ment panel will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds after theignition switch has been turned tothe ON position, and then it shouldturn off.

If the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is no mal-function of the SRS air bag. If the SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned to ON, or if itremains illuminated after illuminatingfor approximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle is beingdriven, we recommend that the sys-tem be inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICEi

To obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about yourvehicle’s occupant safety fea-tures – including seat belts andair bags – that are provided inthis manual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat beltsproperly.

WARNING

4-22


Seat belt precautions

• Pre-tensioners are designed tooperate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do not touchthe pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. We recommendthat the system be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

(Continued)(Continued)

WARNING

All occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or suddenstop. Without a seat belt, occu-pants could be shifted too close toa deploying air bag, strike the inte-rior structure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards. Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags andoccupant seating contained in thismanual.

WARNING

• Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies,and failure to heed the warningsnot to strike, modify, inspect,replace, service or repair thepre-tensioner seat belt assem-blies may lead to improper oper-ation or inadvertent activationand serious injury.• Always wear the seat beltswhen driving or riding in a motorvehicle.• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded, werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.• Body work on the front area ofthe vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner seat belt system.Therefore, we recommend thatthe system be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4-23

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat.For more information about the useof these restraints, refer to “Childrestraint system” in this section.

Information Small children are best protectedfrom injury in an accident when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat by achild restraint system that meets therequirements of the Safety Standardsof your country. Before buying anychild restraint system, make sure thatit has a label certifying that it meetsSafety Standards of your country. Therestraint must be appropriate for yourchild's height and weight. Check thelabel on the child restraint for thisinformation. Refer to “Child restraintsystem” in this section.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should alwaysoccupy the rear seat and use theavailable lap/shoulder belts. The lapportion should be fastened andsnugged on the hips and as low aspossible. Check if the belt fits period-ically. A child's squirming could putthe belt out of position. Children aregiven the most safety in the event ofan accident when they are restrainedby a proper restraint system in therear seat. If a larger child (over age12) must be seated in the front seat,the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoul-der belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position.Children age 12 and under should berestrained securely in the rear seat.NEVER place a child age 12 andunder in the front seat. NEVER placea rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

i

Every person in your vehicleneeds to be properly restrained atall times, including infants andchildren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces createdduring a crash will tear the childfrom your arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.

WARNING

4-24


If the shoulder belt portion slightlytouches the child’s neck or face, tryplacing the child closer to the center ofthe vehicle. If the shoulder belt stilltouches their face or neck they need tobe returned to a child restraint system.

Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recom-mended for pregnant women tolessen the chance of injury in anaccident. When a seat belt is used,the lap belt portion should be placedas low and snugly as possible on thehips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you shouldconsult a physician for recommenda-tions.

One person per beltTwo people (including children)should never attempt to use a singleseat belt. This could increase theseverity of injuries in case of an acci-dent.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries inthe event of an accident and toachieve maximum effectiveness ofthe restraint system, all passengersshould be sitting up and the front andrear seats should be in an uprightposition when the car is moving. Aseat belt cannot provide proper pro-tection if the person is lying down inthe rear seat or if the front and rearseats are in a reclined position.

Shoulder belts on small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt tobe in contact with a child’s neckor face while the vehicle is inmotion.• If seat belts are not properlyworn and adjusted on children,there is a risk of death or seriousinjury.

WARNING

Pregnant women

Pregnant women must neverplace the lap portion of the safetybelt over the area of the abdomenwhere the fetus is located orabove the abdomen where thebelt could crush the fetus duringan impact.

WARNING

4-25

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

When you return the rear seat-back to its upright position afterthe rear seatback has been foldeddown, be careful not to damagethe seat belt webbing or buckle.Be sure that the webbing or buck-le does not get caught or pinchedin the rear seat. A seat belt withdamaged webbing or buckle couldpossibly fail during a collision orsudden stop, resulting in seriousinjury. If the webbing or bucklesare damaged, get them replacedimmediately.

WARNING

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never bedisassembled or modified. In addi-tion, care should be taken to assurethat seat belts and belt hardware arenot damaged by seat hinges, doorsor other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage ofany kind. Any damaged parts shouldbe replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean anddry. If belts become dirty, they shouldbe cleaned by using a mild soapsolution and warm water. Bleach,dye, strong detergents or abrasivesshould not be used because theymay damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsThe entire in-use seat belt assemblyor assemblies should be replaced ifthe vehicle has been involved in anaccident. This should be done even ifno damage is visible. If you haveadditional questions regarding seatbelt operation, we recommend thatyou consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Riding with a reclined seatbackincreases your risk of serious orfatal injuries in the event of a colli-sion or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work prop-erly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant'sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING

4-26


Children riding in the car should sit inthe rear seat and must always beproperly restrained to minimize therisk of injury in an accident, suddenstop or sudden maneuver. Accordingto accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seats than in the front seat.Larger children not in a child restraintshould use one of the seat belts pro-vided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant safety seats must beproperly placed and installed in therear seat. You must use a commer-cially available child restraint systemthat meets the requirements of theSafety Standards of your country.Child restraint systems are designedto be secured in vehicle seats by thelap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt.Children could be injured or killed ina crash if their restraints are notproperly secured. For small childrenand babies, a child seat or infant seatmust be used.

Before buying a particular childrestraint system, make sure it fitsyour car seat and seat belts, and fitsyour child. Follow all the instructionsprovided by the manufacturer wheninstalling the child restraint system.

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

• A child restraint system must beplaced in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat onthe front passenger's seat.Should an accident occur andcause the passenger-side airbag to deploy, it could severelyinjure or kill an infant or childseated in an infant or child seat.Thus only use a child restraint inthe rear seat of your vehicle.• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on asunny day, even if the outsidetemperature does not feel hot.Be sure to check the seat coverand buckles before placing achild there.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.• Children may be seriouslyinjured or killed by an inflatingair bag. All children, even thosetoo large for child restraints,must ride in the rear seat.

4-27

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are saferwhen restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.• Always follow the instructions forinstallation and use of the childrestraint maker.• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat. • Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)• Never put a seat belt over yourselfand a child. During a crash, thebelt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries. • Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the same seatbelt.• Children often squirm and reposi-tion themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inrear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floorboard ofa moving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the child canbe violently thrown against thevehicles interior, resulting in seri-ous injury.• Never use an infant carrier or achild safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child. • After an accident, we recom-mend that the system bechecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.• If there is not enough space toplace the child restraint systembecause of the driver's seat,install the child restraint systemin the rear right seat.

4-28


Using a child restraint system

For small children and babies, theuse of a child seat or infant seat isrequired. This child seat or infantseat should be of appropriate size forthe child and should be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions.

For safety reasons, we recommendthat the child restraint system is usedin the rear seats.

CRS09

OIB034017

� Forward-facing child restraint system

� Rearward-facing child restraint system

Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger thatan inflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

WARNING

Child seat installation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properlyanchored to the car and thechild is not properly restrained inthe child restraint. Beforeinstalling the child restraint sys-tem, read the instructions sup-plied by the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer.• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, werecommend that the system bechecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could increasethe risk and/or severity of injuryin an accident.

WARNING

4-29

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Installing a child restraint systemby lap/shoulder belt

To install a child restraint system onthe outboard or center rear seats, dothe following:1. Place the child restraint system inthe seat and route the lap/shoul-der belt around or through therestraint, following the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions. Besure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latchinto the buckle. Listen for the dis-tinct “click” sound.

Position the release button so that itis easy to access in case of an emer-gency.

3. Buckle the seat belt and allow theseat belt to take up any slack. Afterinstallation of the child restraintsystem, try to move it in all direc-tions to be sure the child restraintsystem is securely installed.

If you need to tighten the belt, pullmore webbing toward the retractor.When you unbuckle the seat belt andallow it to retract, the retractor willautomatically revert back to its nor-mal seated passenger emergencylocking usage condition.

MMSA3030E2BLD310

E2MS103005

4-30


Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children. When using the child safety seats,refer to the following table.For 60:40 split rear seat

For bench type rear seat (without 60:40 split rear seat)

Age groupSeating position

Co Driver Rear Left Rear Right Rear center0 : Up to 10 kg U U - -0+ : Up to 13 kg U U - -I : 9 kg to 18 kg U U - -II : 15 kg to 25 kg U U - -III : 22 kg to 36 kg U U - -

U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group

Remarks:- Front LH Seat upright. Rearmost position. Seat belt shoulder anchorage tolowest position.

Age groupSeating position

Co Driver Rear Left Rear Right Rear center0 : Up to 10 kg U U U -0+ : Up to 13 kg U U U -I : 9 kg to 18 kg U U U -II : 15 kg to 25 kg U U U -III : 22 kg to 36 kg U U U -

4-31

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Driver’s front air bag*

2. Passenger’s front air bag*

3. Side impact air bag*

4. Curtain air bag*

* : if equipped

OIB037032R

4-32


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able toinflate if necessary) only when theignition switch is placed to the ONor START position.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of serious frontal or side col-lision in order to help protect theoccupants from serious physicalinjury.

• There is no single speed at whichthe air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of acollision and its direction. Thesetwo factors determine whether thesensors produce an electronicdeployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and thedensity and stiffness of the vehi-cles or objects which your vehiclehits in the collision. The determin-ing, factors are not limited to thosementioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you tosee the air bags inflate during anaccident. It is much more likely that you willsimply see the deflated air bagshanging out of their storage com-partments after the collision.

• In order to help provide protectionin a severe collision, the air bagsmust inflate rapidly. The speed ofair bag inflation is a consequenceof extremely short time in which acollision occurs and the need toget the air bag between the occu-pant and the vehicle structuresbefore the occupant impacts thosestructures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe col-lision and is thus a necessary partof air bag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can includefacial abrasions, bruises and bro-ken bones because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• Even in vehicles with air bags,you and your passengers mustalways wear the safety belts pro-vided in order to minimize the riskand severity of injury in the eventof a collision or rollover.• SRS and pretensioners containexplosive chemicals. If scraping a vehicle withoutremoving SRS and pretensionersfrom a vehicle, it may cause fire.Before scraping a vehicle, werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.• Keep the SRS parts and wiringsaway from water or any liquid. Ifthe SRS components are inoper-ative due to exposure to water orliquids, it may cause fire or severeinjury.

WARNING

4-33

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupant ispositioned excessively close to thesteering wheel.

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they makea loud noise and they leave smokeand powder in the air inside of thevehicle. This is normal and is a resultof the ignition of the air bag inflator.After the air bag inflates, you mayfeel substantial discomfort in breath-ing due to the contact of your chestwith both the seat belt and the airbag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder. Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to theskin (eyes, nose and throat, etc.). Ifthis is the case, wash and rinse withcold water immediately and consultwith the doctor if the symptom per-sists.

• To avoid severe personal injuryor death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble. The front passenger shouldalways move their seat as farback as possible and sit back intheir seat.• Air bag inflates instantly in anevent of a collision, passengersmay be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not ina proper position.• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial or bodilyabrasions, injuries from brokenglasses or burns.

When the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roofrails above the front and reardoors are very hot. To preventinjury, do not touch the air bagstorage areas internal compo-nents immediately after an air baghas inflated.

WARNING

WARNING

4-34


Do not install a child restraint onthe front passenger’s seat.(if equipped)

Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’sseat. If the air bag deploys, it wouldimpact the rear-facing child restraint,causing serious or fatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facingchild restraints in the front passen-ger’s seat either. If the front passen-ger air bag inflates, it would causeserious or fatal injuries to the child.

Air bag warning and indicator(if equipped)Air bag warning light

The purpose of the air bag warninglight in your instrument panel is toalert you of a potential problem withyour air bag - Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS).

OYDESA2042

• NEVER use a rearward facingchild restraint on a seat protect-ed by an ACTIVE AIR BAG infront of it, DEATH or SERIOUSINJURY to the CHILD canoccur.• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If thefront passenger air bag inflates,it would cause serious or fatalinjuries.• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of vehicleequipped with curtain air bags,be sure to install the childrestraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position. Inflation of curtain air bags couldcause serious injury or death toan infant or child.

WARNING

W7-147

4-35

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

When the ignition switch is turnedON, the warning light should illumi-nate for approximately 6 seconds,then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on brieflywhen you turn the ignition ON.

• The light stays on after illuminatingfor approximately 6 seconds.

• The light comes on while the vehi-cle is in motion.

• The light blinks when the ignitionswitch is in ON position.

SRS components and functions

The SRS consists of the followingcomponents:(1) Driver's front air bag module*(2) Passenger's front air bag module*(3) Pre-tensioner seatbelt system*(4) Air bag warning light*(5) SRS control module (SRSCM)*(6) Front impact sensors*(7) Side impact air bag modules*(8) Curtain air bag modules *(9) Side impact sensors ** : if equipped

The SRSCM continuously monitorsall SRS components while the igni-tion switch is ON to determine if acrash impact is severe enough torequire air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate forabout 6 seconds after the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position,after which the air bag warning lightshould go out.

OIB034043/Q

4-36


The air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steeringwheel and in the front passenger'spanel above the glove box. When theSRSCM detects a sufficiently severeimpact to the front of the vehicle, itwill automatically deploy the front airbags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-ed directly into the pad covers willseparate under pressure from theexpansion of the air bags. Furtheropening of the covers then allows fullinflation of the air bags.

If any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunc-tion of the SRS. We recommendthat the system be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.• The light does not turn on brieflywhen you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminat-ing for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while thevehicle is in motion.• The light blinks when the ignitionswitch is in ON position.

WARNING

B240B01L

� Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L


Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-tion with a properly worn seat belt,slows the driver's or the passenger'sforward motion, reducing the risk ofhead and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating,enabling the driver to maintain for-ward visibility and the ability to steeror operate other controls.

B240B03L


B240B05L

� Passenger’s front air bag

• Do not install or place any acces-sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)• When installing a container ofliquid air freshener inside thevehicle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface. It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• If an air bag deploys, there maybe a loud noise followed by afine dust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with cold waterand a mild soap after an acci-dent in which the air bags weredeployed.

(Continued)

WARNING

4-38


Driver's and passenger's front airbag (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag)System and lap/shoulder belts atboth the driver and passenger seat-ing positions.

The indications of the system's pres-ence are the letters "AIR BAG"engraved on the air bag pad cover inthe steering wheel and the passen-ger's side front panel pad above theglove box.

The SRS consists of air bagsinstalled under the pad covers in thecenter of the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel abovethe glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to providethe vehicle's driver and/or the frontpassenger with additional protectionthan that offered by the seat belt sys-tem alone in case of a frontal impactof sufficient severity.

(Continued)• The SRS can function onlywhen the ignition switch is in theON position.• Before you replace a fuse or dis-connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replacethe air bag related fuse(s) whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. Failure to heed thiswarning will cause the SRS airbag warning light to illuminate.

OIB034019

OIB034020

� Driver’s front air bag

� Passenger’s front air bag

4-39

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

(Continued)• Front and side impact air bagscan injure occupants improperlypositioned in the front seats.• Move your seat as far back aspractical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. • You and your passengersshould never sit or lean unnec-essarily close to the air bags.Improperly positioned driversand passengers can be severe-ly injured by inflating air bags. • Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

(Continued)

Always use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate withconsiderable force and in the blinkof an eye. Seat belts help keepoccupants in proper position toobtain maximum benefit from theair bag. Even with air bags,improperly and unbelted occu-pants can be severely injuredwhen the air bag inflates. Alwaysfollow the precautions about seatbelts, air bags and occupant safe-ty contained in this manual. To reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries and receive themaximum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any childor booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children inthe back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)• No objects (such as crash padcover, cellular phone holder, cupholder, perfume or stickers)should be placed over or nearthe air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrumentpanel, windshield glass, and thefront passenger's panel abovethe glove box. Such objectscould cause harm if the vehicleis in a crash severe enough tocause the air bags to deploy.• Do not attach any objects on thefront windshield and inside mir-ror. • Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the airbags or by rendering the SRSinoperative.• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, we rec-ommend that the system beinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

4-40


(Continued)• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.• For maximum safety protectionin all types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unnec-essarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once– we recommend that the sys-tem be replaced by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longi-tudinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.• A child restraint system mustnever be placed in the frontseat. The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by anair bag deployment in case of anaccident.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position becauseof not wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious orfatal injuries.

4-41

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Side impact air bag (if equipped)

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.

Your vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat.

The purpose of the air bag is to pro-vide the vehicle's driver and/or thefront passenger with additional pro-tection than that offered by the seatbelt alone. The side impact air bags aredesigned to deploy only during cer-tain side-impact collisions, depend-ing on the crash severity, angle,speed and point of impact. The sideimpact air bags are not designed todeploy in all side impact situations.

OIB034021

OJK032063

Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on the doors,stretch their arms out of the win-dow, or place objects between thedoors and passengers when theyare seated on seats equipped withside and/or curtain air bags.

WARNING

• The side impact air bag is sup-plemental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute for them.Therefore your seat belts mustbe worn at all times while thevehicle is in motion. The air bagsdeploy only in certain sideimpact conditions severeenough to cause significantinjury to the vehicle occupants.• For best protection from the sideimpact air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side impact air bag,both front seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belt properly fastened. Thedriver's hands should be placedon the steering wheel at the 9:00and 3:00 positions. The passen-ger's arms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

(Continued)

WARNING

4-42


Curtain air bag (if equipped)

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.

Curtain air bags are located alongboth sides of the roof rails above thefront and rear doors.

(Continued)• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignition switchis on.• If the seat or seat cover is dam-aged, we recommend that thesystem be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.Inform the dealer that your vehi-cle is equipped with side impactair bags.

(Continued)• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.• Use of seat covers could reduceor prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.• Do not install any accessorieson the side or near the sideimpact air bag.• Do not place any objects overthe air bag or between the airbag and yourself. Also, do notattach any objects around thearea the air bag inflates such asthe door, side door glass, frontand rear pillar. • Do not place any objectsbetween the door and the seat.They may become dangerousprojectiles if the side air baginflates.• Do not put any objects betweenthe side air bag label and seatcushion. It could cause harm ifthe vehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the air bags todeploy.

(Continued)

OIB034022

OJK032066

4-43

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

They are designed to help protectthe heads of the front seat occupantsand the rear outboard seat occu-pants in certain side impact colli-sions.The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain sideimpact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed andimpact. The curtain air bags are notdesigned to deploy in all side impactsituations, collisions from the front orrear of the vehicle or in most rolloversituations.

• In order for side impact and cur-tain air bags to provide the bestprotection, both front seat occu-pants and both outboard rearoccupants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat belts prop-erly fastened. Importantly, children should sit ina proper child restraint system inthe rear seat.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)• When children are seated in therear outboard seats, they mustbe seated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system in a locked posi-tion.• Do not place any objects over theair bag. Also, do not attach anyobjects around the area the airbag inflates such as the door,side door glass, front and rear pil-lar, roof side rail. • Do not hang other objects exceptclothes, especially hard or break-able objects. In an accident, itmay cause vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags. • Do not open or repair the sidecurtain air bags.• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. We recommendthat the system be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

4-44


Why didn’t my air bag go off in a col-lision? (Inflation and non-inflationconditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not beexpected to provide additional pro-tection. These include rear impacts, secondor third collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts.

(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor

OIB037023R/OIB037044R/OIB037024R/OIB037025/OIB037026

� 5 Door � Cross

Air bag collision sensors

4-45

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflatein certain frontal collision dependingon the crash severity, speed orangles of impact of the front collision.

• Do not hit or allow any objects toimpact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed. This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags maydeploy when they should not orthey may not deploy when theyshould, causing severe injury ordeath. Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around theair bag sensors. We recommendthat the system be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)• Problems may arise if the sen-sor installation angles arechanged due to the deformationof the front bumper, body or Bpillar where side collision sen-sors are installed. We recom-mend that the system be serv-iced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing aftermarket bumperguards or replacing a bumperwith non-genuine parts mayadversely affect your vehiclescollision and air bag deploymentperformance.

OPA037040

4-46


Side air bags Side air bags (side impact and/orcurtain air bags) are designed toinflate when an impact is detected byside collision sensors depending onthe crash severity, speed or angles ofimpact resulting from a side impactcollision.Although the front air bags (driver’sand front passenger’s air bags) aredesigned to inflate only in frontal col-lisions, they also may inflate in othertypes of collisions if the front impactsensors detect a sufficient impact.Side air bags (side impact and/orcurtain air bags) are designed toinflate only in side impact collisions,but they may inflate in other colli-sions if the side impact sensorsdetect a sufficient impact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimprovedroads or sidewalks, air bags maydeploy. Drive carefully on unim-proved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions

• In certain low-speed collisions theair bags may not deploy. The airbags are designed not to deploy insuch cases because they may notprovide benefits beyond the pro-tection of the seat belts in such col-lisions.

• Front air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, becauseoccupants are moved backward bythe force of the impact. In thiscase, inflated air bags would not beable to provide any additional ben-efit.

OPA037041

OPA037042

4-47

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

• Front air bags may not inflate inside impact collisions, becauseoccupants move to the direction ofthe collision, and thus in sideimpacts, frontal air bag deploymentwould not provide additional occu-pant protection.However, side impact or curtain airbags may inflate depending on theintensity, vehicle speed and anglesof impact.

• In a slant or angled collision, theforce of impact may direct theoccupants in a direction where theair bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit, andthus the sensors may not deployany air bags.

• Just before impact, drivers oftenbrake heavily. Such heavy brakinglowers the front portion of the vehi-cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-cle with a higher ground clearance.Air bags may not inflate in this"under-ride" situation becausedeceleration forces that are detect-ed by sensors may be significantlyreduced by such “under-ride” colli-sions.

OSA038121 OBH038060 OPA037043

4-48


• Air bags do not inflate in rolloveraccidents because vehicle can notdetect rollover accident.However, side and/or curtain airbags may inflate when the vehicleis rolled over after side impact col-lision.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-cle collides with objects such asutility poles or trees, where thepoint of impact is concentrated andthe collision energy is absorbed bythe vehicle structure.

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-free and so there are no parts youcan safely service by yourself. If theSRS air bag warning light does notilluminate, or continuously remainson, we recommend that the systembe inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

We recommend that the any work onthe SRS system, such as removing,installing, repairing, or any work onthe steering wheel, the front passen-ger's panel, front seats and roof railsbe performed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper handlingof the SRS system may result in seri-ous personal injury.

OED036104 OSA038122

4-49

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4• Modification to SRS compo-nents or wiring, including theaddition of any kind of badges tothe pad covers or modificationsto the body structure, canadversely affect SRS perform-ance and lead to possible injury.• For cleaning the air bag padcovers, use only a soft, dry clothor one which has been mois-tened with plain water. Solventsor cleaners could adverselyaffect the air bag covers andproper deployment of the sys-tem.• No objects should be placedover or near the air bag moduleson the steering wheel, instru-ment panel, and the front pas-senger's panel above the glovebox, because any such objectcould cause harm if the vehicleis in a crash severe enough tocause the air bags to inflate.


WARNING • If the air bags inflate, we recom-mend that the system be replacedby an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.• Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring, or other com-ponents of the SRS system.Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental inflation of theair bags or by rendering theSRS inoperative.• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer knows theseprecautions and can give youthe necessary information.Failure to follow these precau-tions and procedures couldincrease the risk of personalinjury.


• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onthe flooring, you shouldn't try tostart the engine; we recommendthat you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

4-50


Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in thecargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupantsshould sit upright, fully back in theirseats with their seat belts on andtheir feet on the floor.

• Passengers should not move outof or change seats while the vehi-cle is moving. A passenger who isnot wearing a seat belt during acrash or emergency stop can bethrown against the inside of thevehicle, against other occupants,or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seatbelt, they could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision.

• Do not use any accessories onseat belts. Devices claiming toimprove occupant comfort or repo-sition the seat belt can reduce theprotection provided by the seat beltand increase the chance of seriousinjury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lapor in your mouth can result ininjuries if an air bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seatswith their seat belts on and theirfeet on the floor. If occupants aretoo close to the air bag covers,they could be injured if the air bagsinflate.

• Do not attach or place objects onor near the air bag covers. Anyobject attached to or placed on thefront or side impact air bag coverscould interfere with the properoperation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seatscould interfere with the operation ofthe supplemental restraint systemsensing components or side impactair bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under thefront seats could interfere with theoperation of the supplementalrestraint system sensing compo-nents and wiring harnesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event ofa crash. All infants and childrenshould be properly restrained inappropriate child safety seats orseat belts in the rear seat.

• Sitting improperly or out of posi-tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehi-cle resulting in serious injury ordeath.• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

WARNING

4-51

Safe

ty sy

stem

of y

our ve

hicle

4

Adding equipment to or modifyingyour air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by chang-ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-tem, front end or side sheet metal orride height, this may affect the opera-tion of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air bag warning label (if equipped)

Air bag warning labels are attachedto alert the driver and passengers ofpotential risks of the air bag system.Be sure to read all of the informationabout the air bags that are installed onyour vehicle in this Owner’s Manual.

OIB034027

RRemote key (if equipped)

Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key,which you can use to lock or unlocka door (and tailgate) and even startthe engine.1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock3. Tailgate Unlock

LockingTo lock : 1. Close all doors, engine hood and

tailgate. 2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on

the remote key. 3. The doors will lock. The hazard

warning lights will blink once.4. Make sure the doors are locked by

checking the position of the doorlock button inside the vehicle.

UnlockingTo unlock:1. Press the Door Unlock button (2)

on the remote key. 2. The doors will unlock. The hazard

warning lights will blink two times.

Information After unlocking the doors, the doorswill lock automatically after 30 sec-onds unless a door is opened.

i

OIB034040

Do not leave the keys in your vehi-cle with unsupervised children.Unattended children could placethe key in the ignition switch andmay operate power windows orother controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious injury or death.

WARNING

TTailgate unlockingTo unlock:1. Press the Tailgate Unlock button

(3) on the remote key for morethan one second.

2. The hazard warning lights willblink two times. Once the tailgateis opened and then closed, thetailgate will lock automatically.

Information • After unlocking the tailgate, the tail-

gate will lock automatically.• The word "HOLD" is written on the

button to inform you that you mustpress and hold the button for morethan one second.

Start-up For detailed information refer to “KeyIgnition Switch” in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the remotekey:• Keep the remote key away from

water or any liquid and fire. If theinside of the remote key gets damp(due to drinks or moisture), or isheated, internal circuit may mal-function, excluding the car from thewarranty.

• Avoid dropping or throwing theremote key.

• Protect the remote key fromextreme temperatures.

Mechanical key

If the remote key does not operatenormally, you can lock or unlock thedoor by using the mechanical key.

NOTICE

i OYDDCO2231/OYDECO2231

■ Type A ■ Type B

OIB044178

■ Type C

Type CTo unfold the key, press the releasebutton then the key will unfold auto-matically.To fold the key, fold the key manuallywhile pressing the release button.

DDo not fold the key without pressingthe release button. This may dam-age the key.

Remote key precautionsThe remote key will not work if any ofthe following occur:• The key is in the ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 30 m [90 feet]).• The remote key battery is weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The remote key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio stationor an airport which can interferewith normal operation of theremote key.

When the remote key does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the mechanical key. If you havea problem with the remote key, it isrecommended that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continue)

(Continue)If the remote key is in close proximi-ty to your mobile phone, the signalcould be blocked by your mobilephones normal operational signals.This is especially important when thephone is active such as making andreceiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.Avoid placing the remote key andyour mobile phone in the same pantsor jacket pocket and always try tomaintain an adequate distancebetween the two devices.

NOTICE

IInformation Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment. Ifthe keyless entry system is inoperativedue to changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it will notbe covered by your manufacturer’svehicle warranty.

Keep the remote key away fromelectromagnetic materials thatblocks electromagnetic waves to thekey surface.

Battery replacement If the remote key is not working prop-erly, try replacing the battery with anew one.

Battery Type: CR2032To replace the battery:1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and

gently pry open the cover.2. Remove the old battery and insert

the new battery. Make sure thebattery position is correct.

3. Reinstall the rear cover of theremote key.

If you suspect your remote key mighthave sustained some damage, oryou feel your remote key is not work-ing correctly, it is recommended thatyou contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Information An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your local law(s)and regulation.

i

NOTICE

i

OIB044180

SSmart key (if equipped)

Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key,which you can use to lock or unlocka door (and tailgate) and even startthe engine.1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock3. Tailgate Unlock

Locking

To lock : 1. Close all doors, engine hood and

tailgate. 2. Either press the door handle but-

ton or press the Door Lock button(1) on the smart key.

3. The hazard warning lights willblink once.

4. Make sure the doors are locked bychecking the position of the doorlock button inside the vehicle.

Information The door handle button will onlyoperate when the smart key is within0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle.

i

OIB044179 OIB044041

Even though you press the outsidedoor handle button, the doors will notlock and the chime will sound forthree seconds if any of the followingoccur:• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.• The Engine Start/Stop button is in

ACC or ON position.• Any door except the tailgate is

open.

UUnlocking

To unlock:1. Carry the Smart Key. 2. Either press the door handle but-

ton or press the Door Unlock but-ton (2) on the smart key.

3. The doors will unlock. The hazardwarning lights will blink two times.

Information • The door handle button will only

operate when the smart key is with-in 1 m (40 in.) from the outside doorhandle. Other people can also openthe doors without the smart key inpossession.

• After unlocking the doors, the doorswill lock automatically after 30 sec-onds unless a door is opened.

i

Do not leave the Smart Key inyour vehicle with unsupervisedchildren. Unattended childrencould press the Engine Start/ Stopbutton and may operate powerwindows or other controls, or evenmake the vehicle move, whichcould result in serious injury ordeath.

WARNING OIB044041

TTailgate unlocking To unlock:1. Carry the smart key. 2. Either press the tailgate handle

button or press the Tailgate Unlockbutton (3) on the smart key formore than one second.

3. The hazard warning lights willblink two times.

Once the tailgate is opened and thenclosed, the tailgate will lock automat-ically.

Information After unlocking the tailgate, the tail-gate will lock automatically after 30seconds unless the tailgate is opened.

Start-upYou can start the engine withoutinserting the key. For detailed infor-mation refer to the Engine Start/Stopbutton in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the smart key:• Keep the smart key away from

water or any liquid and fire. If theinside of the smart key gets damp(due to drinks or moisture), or isheated, internal circuit may mal-function, excluding the car from thewarranty.

• Avoid dropping or throwing thesmart key.

• Protect the smart key fromextreme temperatures.

Always have the smart key with youwhen leaving the vehicle. If the smartkey is left near the vehicle, the vehi-cle battery may be discharged.

Mechanical key If the Smart Key does not operatenormally, you can lock or unlock thedoor by using the mechanical key.

Press and hold the release button (1)and remove the mechanical key (2).Insert the mechanical key into thekey hole on the door. To reinstall the mechanical key, putthe key into the hole and push it untila click sound is heard.

NOTICE

NOTICE

iOIB044175

LLoss of a smart key A maximum of two smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youhappen to lose your smart key, it isrecommended that you should imme-diately take the vehicle and remainingkey to your authorized HYUNDAIdealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary.

Smart key precautionsThe smart key will not work if any ofthe following occur:• The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio stationor an airport which can interferewith normal operation of the trans-mitter.

• The smart key is near a mobile twoway radio system or a cellularphone.

• Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the mechanical key. If you havea problem with the smart key, it isrecommended that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continue)

(Continue)If the smart key is in close proximityto your mobile phone, the signalcould be blocked by your mobilephones normal operational signals.This is especially important when thephone is active such as making andreceiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.Avoid placing the smart key and yourmobile phone in the same pants orjacket pocket and always try to main-tain an adequate distance betweenthe two devices.

IInformation Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment. Ifthe keyless entry system is inoperativedue to changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it will notbe covered by your manufacturer’svehicle warranty.

Keep the smart key away from elec-tromagnetic materials that blockselectromagnetic waves to the keysurface.

Battery replacement

If the Smart Key is not working prop-erly, try replacing the battery with anew one.Battery Type: CR2032To replace the battery:1. Pry open the rear cover of the

smart key. 2. Remove the old battery and insert

the new battery. Make sure thebattery position is correct.

3. Reinstall the rear cover of thesmart key.

If you suspect your smart key mighthave sustained some damage, oryou feel your smart key is not work-ing correctly, it is recommended thatyou contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Information An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your local law(s)and regulation.

i

NOTICE

i

OLF044008

IImmobilizer system (if equipped)The immobilizer system protects yourvehicle from theft. If an improperlycoded key (or other device) is used,the engine’s fuel system is disabled.When the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, the immobilizer sys-tem indicator should come on briefly,then go off. If the indicator starts toblink, the system does not recognizethe coding of the key.Place the ignition switch to theLOCK/OFF position, then place theignition switch to the ON positionagain.The system may not recognize yourkey’s coding if another immobilizerkey or other metal object (i.e., keychain) is near the key. The enginemay not start because the metal mayinterrupt the transponder signal fromtransmitting normally.If the system repeatedly does notrecognize the coding of the key, it isrecommended that you contact yourHYUNDAI dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this system oradd other devices to it. Electricalproblems could result that may makeyour vehicle inoperable.

The transponder in your key is animportant part of the immobilizer sys-tem. It is designed to give years oftrouble-free service, however youshould avoid exposure to moisture,static electricity and rough handling.Immobilizer system malfunctioncould occur.

NOTICE

In order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. Yourimmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password andshould be kept confidential.

WARNING

OOperating door locks from out-side the vehicle Mechanical key

Turn the key toward the rear of thevehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.If you lock/unlock the driver's doorwith a key, all vehicle doors willlock/unlock automatically. Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure that doorsare closed securely.

Remote key

To lock the doors, press the DoorLock button (1) on the remote key.To unlock the doors, press the DoorUnlock button (2) on the remote key.Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure that doorsare closed securely.

Information • In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operat-ing temporarily in order to protectthe circuit and prevent damage tosystem components.

i

OIB034040

OIB044042

SSmart key

1. Door lock2. Door unlock3. Tailgate open

To lock the doors, press the button onthe outside door handle while carry-ing the smart key with you or pressthe door lock button on the smart key.To unlock the doors, press the buttonon the outside door handle while car-rying the smart key with you or pressthe door unlock button on the smartkey.Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle. When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure that doorsare closed securely.

Information • In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operat-ing temporarily in order to protectthe circuit and prevent damage tosystem components.

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicle With the door lock button

• To unlock a door, push the doorlock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-tion.

• To lock a door, push the door lockbutton (1) to the “Lock” position.

• To open a door, pull the door han-dle (2) outward.

i

OIB044041

OLMB043003

OIB044043

• If the inner door handle of the dri-ver’s door is pulled when the doorlock button is in the lock position,the button is unlocked and dooropens.

• Front doors cannot be locked if thekey is in the ignition switch and anyfront door is open.

• Doors cannot be locked if thesmart key is in the vehicle and anydoor is open.

IInformation If a power door lock ever fails to func-tion while you are in the vehicle tryone or more of the following tech-niques to exit: Operate the door unlock featurerepeatedly (both electronic and manu-al) while simultaneously pulling on thedoor handle. Operate the other door locks and han-dles, front and rear. Lower a front window and use themechanical key to unlock the doorfrom outside.

With the central door lock/unlockswitch

• When you press the door lock/unlockswitch, all vehicle doors will lock andthe indicator light on the switch willilluminate for approximately 60 sec-onds (If the key is in the ignitionswitch, the indicator light on theswitch will continuously illuminate).If any door is opened when the switchis pressed, all doors will not lock.

• If any door is unlocked, the indicatorof the door lock switch will blink. Ifyou press the switch when the indi-cator blinks, all doors will lock.

• When you press the door lock/unlockswitch again, all vehicle doors willunlock and the indicator light on theswitch will not illuminate.

iOIB047044

• The doors should always befully closed and locked while thevehicle is in motion. If the doorsare unlocked, the risk of beingthrown from the vehicle in acrash is increased.

• Do not pull the inner door handleof the driver’s or passenger’sdoor while the vehicle is moving.

WARNING

Do not leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle. Anenclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orserious injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannotescape the vehicle. Children mightoperate features of the vehicle thatcould injure them, or they couldencounter other harm, possiblyfrom someone gaining entry to thevehicle.

WARNING

Always secure your vehicleLeaving your vehicle unlockedincreases the potential risk to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle.To secure your vehicle, whiledepressing the brake, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position (forContinuously Variable Transaxlevehicle) or first gear or R (Reverse)position (for Manual Transaxle vehi-cle), engage the parking brake, andplace the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position, close all win-dows, lock all doors, and alwaystake the key with you.

WARNING

Opening a door when something isapproaching may cause damageor injury. Be careful when openingdoors and watch for vehicles,motorcycles, bicycles or pedestri-ans approaching the vehicle in thepath of the door.

WARNING

If you stay in the vehicle for a longtime while the weather is very hotor cold, there are risks of injuriesor danger to life. Do not lock thevehicle from the outside whensomeone is in the vehicle.

WARNING

AAuto door lock/unlock features Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will be automaticallyunlocked when an impact causes theair bags to deploy.

Speed sensing door lock system(if equipped)All doors will be automatically lockedwhen vehicle speed exceeds 15km/h (9 mph).

Child-protector rear door locks

The child safety lock is provided tohelp prevent children seated in therear from accidentally opening therear doors. The rear door safety locksshould be used whenever childrenare in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located onthe edge of each rear door. When thechild safety lock is in the lock position( ), the rear door will not open ifthe inner door handle is pulled.

To lock the child safety lock, insert akey (or screwdriver) into the hole (1)and turn it to the lock ( ) position.To allow a rear door to be openedfrom inside the vehicle, unlock thechild safety lock.

If children accidently open the reardoors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out of thevehicle. The rear door safety locksshould always be used wheneverchildren are in the vehicle.

WARNING

OIB044045

Rear cargo areaOccupants should never ride in therear cargo area where norestraints are available. To avoidinjury in the event of an accident orsudden stops, occupants shouldalways be properly restrained.

WARNING

Opening the tailgate • The tailgate is locked or unlockedwhen all doors are locked orunlocked with the key, remote key,smart key or central door lock/unlock switch.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can beopened by pressing the handle andpulling it up.

Information In cold and wet climates, door lockand door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

Make certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is not closedprior to driving.

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make surethat the tailgate is securely latched.

NOTICE

i

OIB047046

OIB047187

The tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

WARNING

■ 5 Door

■ Cross

Always keep the tailgate lid com-pletely closed while the vehicle is inmotion. If it is left open or ajar, poi-sonous exhaust gases containingcarbon monoxide (CO) may enterthe vehicle and serious illness ordeath may result.

WARNING

EEmergency tailgate safetyrelease

Your vehicle is equipped with theemergency tailgate safety releaselever located on the bottom of thetailgate. When someone is inadver-tently locked in the luggage compart-ment, the tailgate can be opened bydoing as follows:1. Input the mechanical key into the

hole.2. Push the mechanical key to the

right.3. Push up the tailgate.

• For emergencies, be fully awareof the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever inthe vehicle and how to open thetailgate if you are accidentallylocked in the luggage compart-ment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compart-ment of the vehicle at any time.The luggage compartment is avery dangerous location in theevent of a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gencies only. Use with extremecaution, especially while thevehicle is in motion.

WARNING

OIB047188Do not hold the part (gas lifter) thatsupports the tailgate. Be aware thatthe deformation of the part maycause vehicle damage and a risk ofsafety accident.

WARNING

OHYK047009

PPower windows (if equipped)(1) Driver’s door power window

switch(2) Front passenger’s door power

window switch(3) Rear door power window switch

(Right)*(4) Rear door power window switch

(Left)*(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window*(7) Power window lock switch

* : if equipped

OIB044048

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition to be able to raise or lowerthe windows. Each door has a PowerWindow switch to control that door'swindow. The driver has a PowerWindow Lock switch which can blockthe operation of passenger windows.The power windows will operate forapproximately 30 seconds after theignition switch is placed in the ACCor LOCK/OFF position. However, ifthe front doors are opened, thePower Windows cannot be operatedeven within the 30 second period.

IInformation • In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

• While driving with the rear windowsdown, your vehicle may demonstratea wind buffeting or pulsation noise.This noise is normal and can bereduced or eliminated by taking thefollowing actions. If the noise occurswith one or both of the rear windowsdown, partially lower both front win-dows approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch).

Window opening and closing

To open or close a window, pressdown or pull up the front portion ofthe corresponding switch to the firstdetent position (5).

i

OLF044031

AAuto up/down window (if equipped)Pressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the sec-ond detent position (6) completelylowers or lifts the window even whenthe switch is released. To stop thewindow at the desired position whilethe window is in operation, pull up orpress down and release the switch.

To reset the power windowsIf the power windows do not operatenormally, the automatic power win-dow system must be reset as follows:1. Place the ignition switch to the ON

position.2. Close the window and continue

pulling up on the power windowswitch for at least 1 second.

If the power windows do not operateproperly after resetting, it is recom-mended that the system be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Automatic reverse (if equipped)

If a window senses any obstacle whileit is closing automatically, it will stopand lower approximately 30 cm (12in.) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch ispulled up continuously, the windowwill stop upward movement thenlower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.). If the power window switch is pulledup continuously again within 5 sec-onds after the window is lowered bythe automatic window reverse fea-ture, the automatic window reversewill not operate.

OIB024001

The automatic reverse featuredoesn't activate while resettingpower window system. Make surebody parts or other objects aresafely out of the way before clos-ing the windows to avoid injuriesor vehicle damage.

WARNING

IInformation The automatic reverse feature is onlyactive when the “auto up” feature isused by fully pulling up the switch tothe second detent.

Do not install any accessories on thewindows. The automatic reverse fea-ture may not operate.

Power window lock switch (if equipped)

The driver can disable the powerwindow switches on the rear passen-gers' doors by pressing the powerwindow lock switch.When the power window lock switchis pressed:• The driver's master control can

operate all the power windows.• The front passenger's control can

operate the front passenger'spower window.

• The rear passenger's control can-not operate the rear passengers'power window.

• To prevent possible damage to thepower window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door and theindividual door window switch inopposite directions at the sametime. If this is done, the window willstop and cannot be opened orclosed.

NOTICE

NOTICEi

OIB044049

Make sure heads, other bodyparts or other objects are safelyout of the way before closing thewindows to avoid injuries or vehi-cle damage. Objects less than 4mm (0.16 in.) in diameter caughtbetween the window glass and theupper window channel may not bedetected by the automatic reversewindow and the window will notstop and reverse direction.

WARNING

• NEVER leave the keys in yourvehicle with unsupervised chil-dren, when the engine is run-ning.

• NEVER leave any child unat-tended in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertent-ly cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or otherwise injure them-selves or others.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)• Do not allow children to play with

the power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(pressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend your head, armsor body outside the windowswhile driving.

OOpening the hood

1. Make sure the shift lever is in P(Park, for Continuously VariableTransaxle vehicle) or first gear orR (Reverse, for Manual Transaxlevehicle) and set the parking brake.

2. Pull the release lever to unlatchthe hood. The hood should popopen slightly.

3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raisethe hood slightly, push the second-ary latch up (1) inside of the hoodcenter and lift the hood (2).

4. Pull out the support rod.5. Hold the hood opened with the

support rod.

OIB047050

OIB044047

OIB044052

The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole providedwhenever you inspect the enginecompartment. This will prevent thehood from falling and possiblyinjuring you.

WARNING

CClosing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the

following:• All filler caps in engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood halfway (liftedapproximately 30cm from theclosed position) and push down tosecurely lock in place. Then dou-ble check to be sure the hood issecure.

• Before closing the hood, ensurethat all obstructions areremoved from the hood opening.Closing the hood with anobstruction present in the hoodopening may result in propertydamage or severe personalinjury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood raised. The view will beblocked and the hood could fallor be damaged.

WARNING

Always double check to be surethat the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. Check thereis no hood open warning light ormessage displayed on the instru-ment cluster. Driving with the hoodopened may cause a total loss ofvisibility, which might result in anaccident.

WARNING

CClosing the fuel filler door1. To install the fuel tank cap (2), turn

it clockwise until it “clicks” once.This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler door (1) andpush it lightly and make sure that itis securely closed.

Petrol is highly flammable andexplosive. Failure to follow theseguidelines may result in SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH: • Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station. • Before refueling, note the loca-

tion of the Emergency PetrolShut-Off, if available, at the gasstation.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Before touching the fuel nozzle,

you should eliminate the poten-tial build-up of static electricityby touching a metal part of thevehicle, a safe distance awayfrom the fuel filler neck, nozzle,or other gas source, with yourbare hand.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors and cause afire.

• Do not get back into a vehicleonce you have begun refueling.You can generate a build-up ofstatic electricity by touching, rub-bing or sliding against any item orfabric capable of producing staticelectricity. Static electricity dis-charge can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)If you must re-enter the vehicle,you should once again eliminatepotentially dangerous static elec-tricity discharge by touching ametal part of the vehicle, awayfrom the fuel filler neck, nozzle orother petrol source, with yourbare hand.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sureto place the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refuelinghas begun, contact betweenyour bare hand and the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

• Use only approved portable plasticfuel containers designed to carryand store petrol.

(Continued)

WARNING

IInformation • Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel Requirements"suggested in the foreword chapter.

• Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur-faces of the vehicle. Any type of fuelspilled on painted surfaces maydamage the paint.

If the fuel filler cap requires replace-ment, use only a genuine HYUNDAIcap or the equivalent specified foryour vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler capcan result in a serious malfunction ofthe fuel system or emission controlsystem.

NOTICE

i(Continued)• When refueling, always move

the shift lever to the P (Park)position (for ContinuouslyVariable Transaxle vehicle) orfirst gear or R (Reverse) position(for Manual Transaxle vehicle),set the parking brake, and placethe ignition switch to theLOCK/OFF position. Sparksproduced by electrical compo-nents related to the engine canignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• Do not use matches or a lighterand do not smoke or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station, especially duringrefueling.

• Do not over-fill or top-off yourvehicle tank, which can causepetrol spillage.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local firedepartment. Follow any safetyinstructions they provide.

• If pressurized fuel sprays out, itcan cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Alwaysremove the fuel cap carefullyand slowly. If the cap is ventingfuel or if you hear a hissingsound, wait until the conditionstops before completely remov-ing the cap.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

EElectric power steering (EPS)The system assists you with steeringthe vehicle. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system becomesinoperative, the vehicle may still besteered, but it will require increasedsteering effort.Also, the steering effort becomesheavier as the vehicle’s speedincreases and becomes lighter asthe vehicle’s speed decreases forbetter control of the steering wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, we recommendthat the system be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the Electric Power SteeringSystem does not operate normally,the warning light ( ) will illuminateon the instrument cluster. The steer-ing wheel may become difficult tocontrol or operate. Take your vehicleto an authorized HYUNDAI dealerand have the system checked assoon as possible.

Information The following symptoms may occurduring normal vehicle operation:• The steering effort may be high

immediately after placing the igni-tion switch in the ON position.This happens as the system per-forms the EPS system diagnostics.When the diagnostics is completed,the steering wheel will return to itsnormal condition.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isplaced to the ON or LOCK/OFFposition.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• When you operate the steeringwheel in low temperature, abnormalnoise may occur. If temperaturerises, the noise will disappear. Thisis a normal condition.

iNOTICE

TTilt steering / Telescope steering(if equipped)

Pull down the lock-release lever (1) onthe steering wheel column and adjustthe steering wheel angle (2) and posi-tion (3). Move the steering wheel, so itpoints toward your chest, not towardyour face. Make sure you can see theinstrument panel warning lights andgauges.After adjusting, pull up the lock-release lever (4) to lock the steeringwheel in place. Push the steeringwheel both up and down to be cer-tain it is locked in position. Alwaysadjust the position of the steeringwheel before driving.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the areaindicated by the horn symbol on yoursteering wheel (see illustration). Thehorn will operate only when this areais pressed.

Do not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

NOTICE

OIB044056

OIB044055

Never adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You may lose steer-ing control and cause severe per-sonal injury, death or accidents.

WARNING

IInside rearview mirrorBefore you start driving, adjust therearview mirror to the center on theview through the rear window.

Day/night rearview mirror

Make this adjustment before youstart driving and while the day/nightlever is in the day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicles behind you during nightdriving.Remember that you lose somerearview clarity in the night position.

OIB044057

Day

Night

Make sure your line of sight is notobstructed. Do not place objects inthe rear seat, cargo area, or behindthe rear headrests which couldinterfere with your vision through therear window.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury duringan accident or deployment of theair bag, do not modify the rearviewmirror and do not install a widemirror.

WARNING

NEVER adjust the mirror whiledriving. This may cause loss ofvehicle control resulting in an acci-dent.

WARNING

OOutside rearview mirror Your vehicle is equipped with bothleft-hand and right-hand outsiderearview mirrors.

• Do not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass.

• If the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (notradiator antifreeze) spray, or asponge or soft cloth with verywarm water, or move the vehicle toa warm place and allow the ice tomelt.

Manual type (if equipped) To adjust an outside mirror, move thecontrol lever.

NOTICEOIB034041

Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicle ismoving. This could result in loss ofcontrol, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injury orproperty damage.

WARNING

Rearview mirrors• Both right and left outside rear

view mirror are convex. Objectsseen in the mirror are closer thanthey appear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror turn your head and look todetermine the actual distance offollowing vehicles when chang-ing lanes.

WARNING

Electric type (if equipped)Adjusting the rearview mirrors:Move the lever (1) to the L (Left) or R(Right) to select the rearview mirroryou would like to adjust.Use the mirror adjustment control toposition the selected mirror up,down, left or right.After adjustment, move the lever (1)to the middle to prevent inadvertentadjustment.

•• The mirrors stop moving whenthey reach the maximum adjustingangles, but the motor continues tooperate while the switch ispressed. Do not press the switchlonger than necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand or themotor may be damaged.

Folding the outside rearview mir-ror

Manual typeTo fold the outside rearview mirror,grasp the housing of the mirror andthen fold it toward the rear of thevehicle.

NOTICE

OIB044061

OIB044059

Electric type (if equipped)To fold the outside rearview mirror,press the button. To unfold outside rearview mirror,press the button again.If the button is pressed, the mirrorwill fold or unfold automatically.

TThe electric type outside rearviewmirror operates even though the igni-tion switch is in the OFF position.However, to prevent unnecessarybattery discharge, do not adjust themirrors longer than necessary whilethe engine is not running.

Do not fold the electric type outsiderearview mirror by hand. It couldcause motor failure.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OIB044062

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Fuel gauge

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Odometer/Trip computer

7. LCD display (including trip computer)

OIB044101/OIB044100

■ Type A

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details, refer to the "Gauges" inthis chapter.

■ Type B,C

IInstrument Cluster Control Adjusting Instrument ClusterIllumination (if equipped)

The brightness of the instrumentpanel illumination changes by press-ing the upper or lower part of theswitch when the ignition switch is inthe ON position and when the park-ing lights are turned on.

If the brightness reaches to the max-imum or minimum level, an alarm willsound (if equipped).

Never adjust the instrument clusterwhile driving. This could result inloss of control and lead to an acci-dent that may cause death, seriousinjury, or property damage.

WARNING

OIB044095

OIB044112

■ Type A

■ Type B ■ Type C

OIB044111/OHCR046110

GGaugesSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates thespeed of the vehicle and is calibratedin kilometers per hour (km/h).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates theapproximate number of engine revo-lutions per minute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the cor-rect shift points and to prevent lug-ging and/or over-revving the engine.

Do not operate the engine within thetachometer's RED ZONE. This maycause severe engine damage.

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge

This gauge shows the temperatureof the engine coolant when the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

NOTICE

OIB044104OIB044102/OIB044103

■ Diesel■ Petrol

OIB044113

OIB044106

■ Type A

■ Type B,C

IIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the “H”position, it indicates overheating thatmay damage the engine.Do not continue driving with an over-heated engine. If your vehicle over-heats, refer to “If the EngineOverheats” in chapter 6.

Fuel Gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in thefuel tank.

Information • The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a

low fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank isnearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlierthan usual due to the movement offuel in the tank.

iNOTICE

Never remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Theengine coolant is under pressureand could cause severe burns.Wait until the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

WARNING OIB044114

OIB044108

■ Type A

■ Type B,C

AAvoid driving with a very low fuellevel. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire damag-ing the catalytic converter.

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance that the vehicle has been driv-en and should be used to determinewhen periodic maintenance shouldbe performed.- Odometer range : 0 ~ 1599999 kilo-

meters or 999999 miles.

Information It is forbidden to alter the odometer ofall vehicles with the intent to changethe mileage registered on the odome-ter. The alteration may void your war-ranty coverage.

i

NOTICE

Fuel GaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addi-tional fuel as soon as possibleafter the warning light comes on orwhen the gauge indicator comesclose to the “E (Empty)” level.

WARNING

OIB044116

OIB044115

■ Type A

■ Type B,C

OOutside Temperature GaugeThis gauge indicates the current out-side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F).- Temperature range : - 40°C ~ 85°C

(-40°F ~ 211°F)The outside temperature on the dis-play may not change immediatelylike a general thermometer to pre-vent the driver from being inattentive.The temperature unit (from °C to °For from °F to °C) can be changed asbelow procedures (if equipped).- User Settings Mode in the Cluster :

You can change the temperatureunit in the “Other Features -Temperature unit” .

Transaxle Shift IndicatorContinuously Variable TransaxleShift Indicator (if equipped)

This indicator displays whichContinuously Variable Transaxle shiftlever is selected.

• Park : P• Reverse : R• Neutral : N• Drive : D• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

OIB044156/OIB044155

■ Type A ■ Type B,C

OIB044118

■ Type A


OIB044117/OHCR046128

EEngine Oil PressureWarning Light

This warning light illuminates:• Once you set the ignition switch or

Engine Start/Stop button to the ONposition.- It remains on until the engine is

started.• When the engine oil pressure is

low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2.Turn the engine off and check the

engine oil level (For more details,refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7). Ifthe level is low, add oil as required.If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available,we recommend that you have thevehicle inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

- Engine Oil PressureWarning Light

• If the engine does not stop imme-diately after the Engine OilPressure Warning Light is illumi-nated, severe damage couldresult.

• If the warning light stays on whilethe engine is running, it indicatesthat there may be serious enginedamage or malfunction. In thiscase,1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is

safe to do so.2. Turn off the engine and check

the oil level. If the oil level is low,fill the engine oil to the properlevel.

3. Start the engine again. If thewarning light stays on after theengine is started, turn the engineoff immediately. In this case, werecommend that you have thevehicle inspected by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Low Fuel Level WarningLight

This warning light illuminates:When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

If the fuel tank is nearly empty, addfuel as soon as possible.

- Low Fuel LevelDriving with the Low Fuel Levelwarning light on or with the fuel levelbelow “E (Empty)” can cause theengine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter (if equipped).

NOTICE

NOTICE

DDoor Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illumi-nates:When a door is not close securely.

Tailgate Open WarningLight

This warning light illuminates:When the tailgate is not closesecurely.

Fuel Filter Warning Light(Diesel Engine)

This warning light illuminates:• When water has accumulated

inside the fuel filter.In this case, remove the water fromthe fuel filter.For more details, refer to “FuelFilter” in chapter .

- Fuel Filter Warning Light• When the Fuel Filter Warning Light

illuminates, engine power (vehiclespeed & idle speed) maydecrease.

• If you keep driving with the warninglight on, engine parts (injector,common rail, high pressure fuelpump) may be damaged. If thisoccurs, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

NOTICE

IImmobilizer IndicatorLight (without smart key)(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:When the vehicle detects the immo-bilizer in your key properly while theignition switch is ON.- At this time, you can start the engine.- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks:When there is a malfunction with theimmobilizer system.In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Immobilizer IndicatorLight (with smart key) (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates forup to 30 seconds:When the vehicle detects the smartkey in the vehicle properly while theEngine Start/Stop button is ACC orON.- At this time, you can start the engine.- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a fewseconds:When the smart key is not in thevehicle.- At this time, you can not start the

engine.

This indicator light illuminates for2 seconds and goes off:When the vehicle can not detect thesmart key which is in the vehicle whilethe Engine Start/Stop button is ON.In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This indicator light blinks:• When the battery of the smart key

is weak.- At this time, you can not start the

engine. However, you can start theengine if you press the EngineStart/Stop button with the smartkey. (For more details, refer to“Starting the Engine” in chapter 5).

• When there is a malfunction withthe immobilizer system.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

TTurn Signal IndicatorLight

This indicator light blinks:When you turn the turn signal light on.

If any of the following occurs, theremay a malfunction with the turn signalsystem. In this case, we recommendthat you have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

- The indicator light does not blinkbut illuminates.

- The indicator light blinks morerapidly.

- The indicator light does not illumi-nate at all.

High Beam IndicatorLight

This indicator light illuminates:• When the headlights are on and in

the high beam position• When the turn signal lever is pulled

into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON Indicator Light

This indicator light illu-minates:When the parking lights or head-lights are on.

Front Fog Indicator Light(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:When the front fog lights are on.

Master Warning Light(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates :• When the remaining mileage or

time is 0 on the “Service Interval” inthe cluster.If the service interval setting isreset, the master warning lightturns off.

GGlow Indicator Light(Diesel Engine)

This indicator light illuminates:When the engine is being preheatedwith the ignition switch or EngineStart/Stop button in the ON position.- The engine can be started after the

glow indicator light goes off.- The illumination time varies with

the engine coolant temperature, airtemperature, and battery condition.

If the indicator light remains on orblinks after the engine has warmedup or while driving, there may a mal-function with the engine preheatingsystem.In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information - EnginePreheating

If the engine does not start within 10seconds after the preheating is com-pleted, set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button to theLOCK or OFF position for 10 secondsand then to the ON position in orderto preheat the engine again.

KEY OUT Indicator Light(if equipped)

When the Engine Start/Stop buttonis in the ACC or ON position, if anydoor is open, the system checks forthe smart key.

This indicator light blinks:When the smart key is not in thevehicle and any door is open with theignition switch or Engine Start/Stopbutton in the ACC or ON position.- At this time, if you close all doors,

the chime will also sound forapproximately 5 seconds.

- The indicator will go off while thevehicle is moving.

i KEYOUT

LLCD display messages (if equipped)Shift to "P" position (for smart key system andContinuously Variable Transaxle)• This warning message illuminates

if you try to turn off the engine with-out the shift lever in P (Park) posi-tion.

• At this time, the Engine Start/Stopbutton turns to the ACC position (Ifyou press the Engine Start/Stopbutton once more, it will turn to theON position).

Low Key Battery (for smart key system)

This warning message illuminates ifthe battery of the smart key is dis-charged when the Engine Start/Stopbutton is in the OFF position.

Press start button while turningwheel (for smart key system)

This warning message illuminates ifthe steering wheel does not unlocknormally when the Engine Start/Stopbutton is pressed.Press the Engine Start/Stop buttonwhile turning the steering wheel rightand left.

OIB044130/OHCR046113


OIB044131/OIB047131-


OIB044132/OHCR046115


SSteering wheel unlocked (for smart key system)

This warning message illuminates ifthe steering wheel does not lockwhen the Engine Start/Stop button isin the OFF position.

Check steering wheel lock system (for smart key system)

This warning message illuminates ifthe steering wheel does not lock nor-mally when the Engine Start/Stopbutton is in the OFF position.

Press clutch pedal to start engine(for smart key system and manualtransaxle)

This warning message illuminates ifthe Engine Start/Stop button is in theACC position twice by pressing thebutton repeatedly without depressingthe clutch pedal.Depress the clutch pedal to start theengine.

OIB044133/OHCR046116


OIB044134/OHCR046117


OIB044136/OHCR046119


Service in OFFIf the service interval is not set,"Service Interval Off" message isdisplayed on the LCD display.

IInformation If any of the following conditionsoccurs, the mileage and days may beincorrect.- The battery cable is disconnected.- The fuse switch is turned off.- The battery is discharged.

Warning MessageIf one of followings occurs, warningmessages will be displayed on theinformation mode for several seconds.- Low fuel etc.

i

OIB044167/OHCR046140


IItems Explanation

Automatically Unlock• Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.• Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the

ignition switch or the Engine Star/Stop button is set to the OFF position.

Door

Light

Items Explanation

One Touch Turn Signal

• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.• 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is

moved slightly.For more details, refer to “Light” in this chapter.

Head Lamp Delay• Off: The headlamp delay function will be deactivated.• On: The head lamp delay function will be activated.For more details, refer to “Light” in this chapter.

User settings mode (Cluster Type B)In this mode, you can change setting of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, and so on.

IItems Explanation

Steering Position • Off : The steering position function will be deactivated.• On : The steering position function will be activated.

Items Explanation

Service Interval

In this mode, you can activate the service interval function with mileage (km or mi.) and period(months).• Off : The service interval function will be deactivated.• On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months).

Service interval

Other features

Steering

Items Explanation

Temperature Unit Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F)

Language Choose the language.

IItems Explanation

Auto Lock

• Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.• Enable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3

mph (15km/h).• Enable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the Continuously Variable Transaxle shift

lever is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.

Auto Unlock

• Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.• Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the

ignition switch or the Engine Star/Stop button is set to the OFF position.• On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transaxle shift lever is shift-

ed to the P (Park) position.

Door

Light

Items Explanation

One Touch Turn Signal

• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.• 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is

moved slightly.For more details, refer to “Light” in this chapter.

Head Lamp Delay• Off: The headlamp delay function will be deactivated.• On: The head lamp delay function will be activated.For more details, refer to “Light” in this chapter.

User settings mode (Cluster Type C)In this mode, you can change setting of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, and so on.

IItems Explanation

Wiper/Light Display • Off : The Wiper/Light Display function will be deactivated.• On : The Wiper/Light Display function will be activated.

Rear Wiper Display • Off : The Rear Wiper Display function will be deactivated.• On : The Rear Wiper Display function will be activated.

Gear Position Pop-upIf you select this function, the current shift gear position is displayed in the cluster for about 2seconds when shifting into other positions (P/R/N/D).If you do not select this function, the shift gear Pop-up is not displayed in the cluster.

Convenience

Items Explanation

Service Interval

In this mode, you can activate the service interval function with mileage (km or mi.) and period(months).• Off : The service interval function will be deactivated.• On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months).

Service interval

Other features

IItems Explanation

Fuel Economy Auto Reset

• Off : The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.• After Ignition : The average fuel economy will reset automatically whenever it has passed 4 hours

after turning OFF the engine. • After Refueling : The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling.For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

Fuel Economy Unit Choose the fuel economy unit. (Km/L, L/100km)Temperature Unit Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F)

Language

Items ExplanationLanguage Choose the language.

Cluster Type AThe trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving.

Information Some driving information stored in thetrip computer (for example AverageVehicle Speed) resets if the battery isdisconnected.

Trip modes

To change the trip mode, press theTRIP button on the steering wheel.

i

Tripmeter B

Tripmeter A

Average fuel consumption*

Instant fuel consumption*

Average speed

Elapsed time

Digital speedometer

Distance to empty*

* : if equipped

OIB044097

DDistance To Empty (1) (if equipped)• The distance to empty is the esti-

mated distance the vehicle can bedriven with the remaining fuel.- Distance range:

1 ~ 1999 km or 1 ~ 1999 mi.• If the estimated distance is below

1 km (1 mi.), the trip computer willdisplay “---” as distance to empty.And, "Low Fuel" warning messageis displayed.

Information • If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been inter-rupted, the distance to empty func-tion may not operate correctly.

• The distance to empty may differfrom the actual driving distance asit is an estimate of the availabledriving distance.

• The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to thevehicle.

• The fuel economy and distance toempty may vary significantly basedon driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

Average Fuel Consumption (2) (ifequipped)• The average fuel economy is calcu-

lated by the total driving distanceand fuel consumption since the lastaverage fuel economy reset.- Fuel economy range:

0.0 ~ 99.9 L/100km, km/L or MPG• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-cally.

Manual resetTo clear the average fuel economymanually, press the [OK] button (orRESET button) on the steering wheelfor more than 1 second when theaverage fuel economy is displayed.

Automatic resetTo make the average fuel economybe reset automatically whenever refu-eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode inUser Setting menu of the LCD dis-play.

i

OIB044159

Under "Auto Reset" mode, the aver-age fuel economy will be cleared tozero (---) when the vehicle speedexceeds 1 km/h after refueling morethan 6 liters (1.6 gallons).

IInformation The average fuel economy is not dis-played for more accurate calculationif the vehicle does not drive more than10 seconds or 300 meters (0.19 miles)since the ignition switch or the EngineStart/Stop button is turned to ON.

Instant Fuel Consumption (3) (if equipped)• This mode displays the instant fuel

economy during the last few sec-onds when the vehicle speed ismore than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).- Fuel economy range:

0 ~ 30 L/100km, km/L

Tripmeter A/B (1)• The tripmeter is the total driving

distance since the last tripmeterreset.- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km

or mi.• To reset the tripmeter, press the

[OK] button (or RESET button) onthe steering wheel for more than 1second when the tripmeter is dis-played.

Average Speed (2)• The average vehicle speed is cal-

culated by the total driving dis-tance and driving time since thelast average vehicle speed reset.- Speed range:

0~220 km/h or 0~140 mph• To reset the average vehicle speed,

press the [OK] button (or RESETbutton) on the steering wheel formore than 1 second when the aver-age vehicle speed is displayed.

Information • The average vehicle speed is not dis-

played if the driving distance is lessthan 300 meters (0.19 miles) or thedriving time is less than 10 secondssince the ignition switch or the EngineStart/Stop button is turned to ON.

• Even if the vehicle is not in motion,the average vehicle speed keeps cal-culating while the engine is running.

i

i

OIB044158

EElapsed Time (3)• The elapsed time is the total driv-

ing time since the last elapsed timereset.- Time range (hh:mm):

00:00 ~ 99:59• To reset the elapsed time, press

the [OK] button (or RESET button)on the steering wheel for morethan 1 second when the elapsedtime is displayed.

Information Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theelapsed time keeps calculating whilethe engine is running.

Digital Speedometer

This message shows the speed ofthe vehicle (km/h, MPH).

The digital speedometer is displayedwhen “SPEED” sets “ON” in the clus-ter.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the “SPEED”“OFF” is displayed, the digitalspeedometer is displayed.

i OIB044160

OLF044085R

CCluster Type B The trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving.


Trip modes

To change the trip mode, toggle the“ , ” switch on the steering wheel.

i

• Tripmeter [A]• Average Vehicle Speed [A]• Elapsed Time [A]

TRIP A

• Tripmeter [B]• Average Vehicle Speed [B]• Elapsed Time [B]

TRIP B

• Distance To Empty• Average Fuel Economy• Instant Fuel Economy

FUEL ECONOMY*

Digital Speedometer

* : if equipped

OIB044157

FFuel Economy (km or mile, L/100km, km/L or MPG) (if equipped)

Distance To Empty (1)• The distance to empty is the esti-



1 km (1 mi.), the trip computer willdisplay “---” as distance to empty.And, "Low Fuel" warning messageis displayed.




• The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to thevehicle.

• The fuel economy and distance toempty may vary significantly basedon driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

Average Fuel Economy (2)• The average fuel economy is calcu-




Manual resetTo clear the average fuel economymanually, press the [OK] button (orRESET button) on the steering wheelfor more than 1 second when theaverage fuel economy is displayed.

Automatic resetTo make the average fuel economybe reset automatically whenever refu-eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode inUser Setting menu of the LCD dis-play.Under "Auto Reset" mode, the aver-age fuel economy will be cleared tozero (---) when the vehicle speedexceeds 1 km/h after refueling morethan 6 liters (1.6 gallons).

i

OIB044123

IInformation The average fuel economy is not dis-played for more accurate calculationif the vehicle does not drive more than10 seconds or 300 meters (0.19 miles)since the ignition switch or the EngineStart/Stop button is turned to ON.

Instant Fuel Economy (3)• This mode displays the instant fuel

economy during the last few sec-onds when the vehicle speed ismore than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).- Fuel economy range:

0 ~ 30 L/100km, km/L

Tripmeter A/B (km or mile, km/h or MPH)

Tripmeter (1)• The tripmeter is the total driving

distance since the last tripmeterreset.- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km

or mi.• To reset the tripmeter, press the

[OK] button (or RESET button) onthe steering wheel for more than 1second when the tripmeter is dis-played.

Average Vehicle Speed (2)• The average vehicle speed is cal-

culated by the total driving dis-tance and driving time since thelast average vehicle speed reset.- Speed range:

0~220 km/h or 0~140 mph• To reset the average vehicle speed,

press the [OK] button (or RESETbutton) on the steering wheel formore than 1 second when the aver-age vehicle speed is displayed.

Information • The average vehicle speed is not dis-

played if the driving distance is lessthan 300 meters (0.19 miles) or thedriving time is less than 10 secondssince the ignition switch or the EngineStart/Stop button is turned to ON.

• Even if the vehicle is not in motion,the average vehicle speed keeps cal-culating while the engine is running.

i

i

OIB044119

Elapsed Time (3)• The elapsed time is the total driv-

ing time since the last elapsed timereset.- Time range (hh:mm):

00:00 ~ 99:59• To reset the elapsed time, press

the [OK] button (or RESET button)on the steering wheel for morethan 1 second when the elapsedtime is displayed.

IInformation Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theelapsed time keeps calculating whilethe engine is running.

Digital Speedometer


Driving info display (if equipped)

This display shows trip distance (1),average fuel economy (2) and thevehicle can be driven with theremaining fuel (3).This information is displayed for a fewseconds when you turn off the engineand then goes off automatically.The information provided is calculat-ed according to each trip.If the estimated distance is below1km (1 mi.), the distance to empty(3) will display as "---" and a refuelmessage will appear (4).

i OIB044125OIB044162

CCluster Type C The trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving.


Trip modes

To change the trip mode, toggle the“ , ” switch on the steering wheel.

i

OIB044157

• Tripmeter• Average Fuel Economy• Elapsed Time

Drive Info

• Tripmeter• Average Fuel Economy• Elapsed Time

Accumulated Info

• Average Fuel Economy• Instant Fuel Economy

Fuel Economy

Digital Speedometer

FFuel economy

Distance To Empty (1)• The distance to empty is the esti-



1 km (1 mi.), the trip computer willdisplay "----" as distance to empty.




• The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters(1.6 gallon) of fuel are added to thevehicle.

• The fuel economy and distance toempty may vary significantly basedon driving conditions, driving habits,and condition of the vehicle.

Average Fuel Economy (2)• The average fuel economy is calcu-




Manual resetTo clear the average fuel economymanually, press the [OK] button onthe steering wheel for more than 1second when the average fuel econo-my is displayed.

Automatic resetTo automatically reset the average fueleconomy after refueling, select the"Auto Reset" mode in User Settingsmenu on the LCD display.- After Ignition: The average fuel econ-

omy will reset automatically whenev-er it has passed 4 hours after turningOFF the engine.

i

OHCR046134

- After Refueling: The average fueleconomy will reset automaticallywhen driving speed exceeds 1 km/h,after adding 6 liters (1.6 gallons) offuel or more.

IInformation The average fuel economy may beinaccurate, when the vehicle drivesshorter than 300 meters (0.19 miles)after turning ON the Engine Start/Stopbutton.

Instant Fuel Economy (3)• This mode displays the instanta-

neous fuel economy while drivingwhen the vehicle speed is greaterthan 10 km/h (6.2 mph).- Fuel economy range:

0~30 L/100km, km/L or 0~50 MPG

Accumulated Info display

This display shows the accumulatedtrip distance (1), the average fueleconomy (2), and the total drivingtime (3).The information is calculated startingfrom the last reset.To manually reset the information,press and hold the OK button whenviewing the Accumulated driving info.The trip distance, the average fueleconomy, and total driving time willreset simultaneously.

The accumulated driving informationwill continue to be counted while theengine is still running (for example,when the vehicle is in traffic orstopped at a stop light.)

Information The vehicle must be driven for a min-imum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) sincethe last ignition key cycle before theaverage fuel economy will be recalcu-lated.

ii

OHCR046135

DDriving Info display

This display shows the trip distance(1), the average fuel economy (2),and the total driving time (3).The information is calculated for eachignition cycle. The driving informationdata gets initialized, when it haspassed 4 hours after turning OFF theengine. In other words, the last driv-ing information is available 4 hoursafter you have turned on the engine.

To manually reset the information,press and hold the OK button whenviewing the Driving info. The trip dis-tance, the average fuel economy, andtotal driving time will reset simultane-ously.The driving information will continueto be counted while the engine is stillrunning (for example, when the vehi-cle is in traffic or stopped at a stoplight.)

Information The vehicle must be driven for a min-imum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) sincethe last ignition key cycle before theaverage fuel economy will be recalcu-lated.

Digital speedometer


i OHCR046137OHCR046136

Exterior lightsLighting control

To operate the lights, turn the knob atthe end of the control lever to one ofthe following positions:(1) OFF position(2) AUTO light position (if equipped)(3) Parking light position(4) Headlight position

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlight position, the headlights, licenseplate light and instrument panel lightsare turned ON.

Information The ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the park-ing light position, the parking (posi-tion) light, license plate light andinstrument panel lights are turnedON.

i

OLF044084R

OLF044086ROLF044087R

AUTO light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTOposition, the parking (position) lightand headlights will be turned ON orOFF automatically depending on theamount of light outside the vehicle.Even with the AUTO light feature inoperation, it is recommended tomanually turn ON the lights whendriving at night or in a fog, or whenyou enter dark areas, such as tun-nels and parking facilities.

•• Do not cover or spill anything onthe sensor (1) located on theinstrument panel.

• Do not clean the sensor using a win-dow cleaner, the cleanser mayleave a light film which could inter-fere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of metallic coating onthe front windshield, the AUTOlight system may not work proper-ly.

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp,push the lever away from you. Thelever will return to its original position.The high beam indicator will lightwhen the headlamp high beams areswitched on.To turn off the high beam headlamp,pull the lever towards you. The lowbeams will turn on.

NOTICE

OLF044192R

OLF044085R

Do not use high beam when thereare other vehicles approaching you.Using high beam could obstruct theother driver's vision.

WARNING

To flash the high beam headlights,pull the lever towards you, thenrelease the lever. The high beamswill remain ON as long as you holdthe lever towards you.

TTurn signals and lane change sig-nals

To signal a turn, push down on thelever for a right turn or up for a leftturn in position (A). To signal a lanechange, move the turn signal leverslightly and hold it in position (B). Thelever will return to the OFF positionwhen released or when the turn iscompleted.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one ofthe turn signal bulbs may be burnedout and will require replacement.

One-touch lane change function (if equipped)To activate an One-Touch LaneChange function, move the turn sig-nal lever slightly and then release it.The lane change signals will blink 3,5 or 7 times.You can activate/deactivate the OneTouch Turn Signal function or choosethe number of blinking (3, 5, or 7)from the User Settings Mode on theLCD display.For more details, refer to "LCDDisplay" in this chapter.

If the turn signal indicator stays onand does not flash, or if it flashesabnormally, a bulb may be burnedout or have a poor electrical connec-tion in the circuit. The bulb mayrequire replacement.

NOTICE

OLF044088R

OLF044091R

FFront fog light (if equipped)

Fog lights are used to provideimproved visibility when visibility ispoor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. 1. Turn on the park light.2. Move the light switch (1) to the

front fog light position.3. To turn off the front fog light, turn

the light switch to the front fog lightposition again or turn off the park-ing light.

When in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.

Battery saver functionThe purpose of this feature is to pre-vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights when thedriver removes the ignition key orturns the engine off (for smart key)and opens the driver-side door.With this feature, the parking lightswill turn off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed orthe engine is turned off (for smartkey), perform the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and

ON again using the light switch onthe steering column.

NOTICE

OIB047008R

HHeadlamp delay function (if equipped)If the key is removed from the ignitionswitch or placed in the ACC orLOCK/OFF position with the head-lights ON, the headlights (and/orparking lights) remain on for about 5minutes. However, with the engine offif the driver’s door is opened andclosed, the headlights (and/or parkinglights) are turned off after 15 seconds.The headlights (and/or parkinglights) can be turned off by pressingthe lock button on the remote key (orsmart key) twice or turning the lightswitch to the OFF or AUTO position.However, if you turn the light switchto the AUTO position when it is darkoutside, the headlights will not beturned off.

If the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except driver'sdoor), the battery saver functiondoes not operate and the headlampdelay function does not turn off auto-matically. Therefore, It causes thebattery to be discharged. In thiscase, make sure to turn off the lampbefore getting out of the vehicle.

Headlight leveling device (if equipped)

To adjust the headlight beam levelaccording to the number of the pas-sengers and loading weight in theluggage area, turn the beam levelingswitch.

NOTICE

OIB044009

The higher the number of the switchposition, the lower the headlightbeam level. Always keep the head-light beam at the proper levelingposition, or headlights may dazzleother road users.Listed below are the examples ofproper switch settings. For loadingconditions other than those listedbelow, adjust the switch position sothat the beam level may be the near-est as the condition obtained accord-ing to the list.

DDaytime running light (DRL) (if equipped)The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)can make it easier for others to seethe front of your vehicle during theday, especially after dawn and beforesunset.The DRL system will turn the dedi-cated lamp OFF when: 1. The headlights or front fog lights

are in the ON position. 2. The engine is turned off.

Interior lights

Do not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engine isturned off or the battery will dis-charge.

Interior lamp AUTO cutThe interior lamps will automaticallygo off approximately 20 minutes afterthe engine is turned off and thedoors closed. If a door is opened, thelamp will go off 40 minutes after theengine is turned off. If the doors arelocked by the remote key or smartkey and the vehicle enters the armedstage of the theft alarm system, thelamps will go off five seconds later.

NOTICE

Do not use the interior lights whendriving in the dark. The interiorlights may obscure your view andcause an accident.

WARNING

Loading condition Switch positionDriver only 0Driver + Front passenger 0Full passengers (including driver) 1

Full passengers (includingdriver) + Maximum permis-sible loading

2

Driver + Maximum permis-sible loading 3

FFront lamps

(1) Front Map Lamp(2) Front Room Lamp

Front Map Lamp:Press either the right or left lens toturn the map lamp on or off. This lightproduces a spot beam for convenientuse as a map lamp at night or as apersonal lamp for the driver and thefront passenger.

Front Room Lamp:The Front Room Lamp Switch acti-vates the front and rear room lampswhen the switch is pressed in either ofthe three positions indicated below:

: The front or rear room lampscome on when the front orrear doors are opened if theengine is running or not. Whendoors are unlocked by theremote key or smart key, thefront and rear lamps come onfor approximately 15 secondsas long as any door is notopened. The front and rearroom lamps go out graduallyafter approximately 15 sec-onds if the door is closed.However, if the ignition switchis in the ON position or alldoors are locked, the front andrear lamps will turn off imme-diately. If a door is opened withthe ignition switch in the ACCposition or the LOCK/OFFposition, the front and rearlamps stay on for about 20minutes. However, if a door isopened with the ignition switchin the ON position, the lampsstays on continuously.

: With the Front Room Lamp inthis position, the front andrear room lamps remain onat all times.

: With the Front Room Lamp inthis position the front andrear room lamps remain offat all times.

Information When the map lamp (1) is turned ONby pressing the lens, the map lampwill not turn off even if the front roomlamp switch is in the OFF position.

i

OIB044015

RRoom lamp

Rear Door Lamp Switch: Press this switch to turn the roomlamp on and off.

Do not leave the lamp switches on foran extended period of time when theengine is turned off.

Luggage room lamp (if equipped)

The luggage room lamp comes onwhen the tailgate is opened.

The luggage room lamp comes onas long as the tailgate is open. Toprevent unnecessary charging sys-tem drain, close the tailgate securelyafter using the luggage room.

NOTICENOTICE

OIB044016 OIB047017

RRear view monitor (if equipped)

The Rear View Camera will activatewhen the engine is running and theshift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi-tion.This is a supplemental system thatshows behind the vehicle throughthe audio or AVN screen while back-ing-up.

• Do not spray the camera or its sur-rounding area directly with a highpressure washer. Shock appliedfrom high pressure water maycause the device to not operatenormally.

• Do not use any cleanser contain-ing acid or alkaline detergentswhen cleaning the lens. Use only amild soap or neutral detergent, andrinse thoroughly with water.

Information Always keep the camera lens clean. Thecamera may not work normally if thelens is covered with dirt, water or snow.

i

NOTICE

OIB047199

OIB047019

OIB047198

■ 5 Door

■ Cross

The Rear View Monitor is not asafety device. It only serves toassist the driver in identifyingobjects directly behind the middleof the vehicle. The camera doesNOT cover the complete areabehind the vehicle.

WARNING

• Never rely solely on the rearcamera display when backing-up.

• ALWAYS look around your vehi-cle to make sure there are noobjects or obstacles before mov-ing the vehicle in any direction toprevent a collision.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)• Always pay close attention when

the vehicle is driven close toobjects, particularly pedestrians,and especially children.

PParking Distance Warning(Reverse) System (if equipped)

The Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) System assists the driverduring reverse movement of the vehi-cle by chiming if any object is sensedwithin the distance of about 120 cm(47 in.) behind the vehicle.

This is a supplemental system thatsenses objects within the range andlocation of the sensors, it cannotdetect objects in other areas wheresensors are not installed.

Operation of the Parking DistanceWarning (Reverse) SystemOperation condition • This system will activate when

backing up with the power on.• Sensing distance when backing up

is approximately 120 cm (47 in.)when you are driving less than 10km/h (6 mph).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.OIB047065

Sensors

OIB047189Sensors

• ALWAYS look around your vehi-cle to make sure there are noobjects or obstacles before mov-ing the vehicle in any direction toprevent a collision.

• Always pay close attention whenthe vehicle is driven close toobjects, particularly pedestrians,and especially children.

• Be aware that some objectsmay not be detected by the sen-sors, due to the objects dis-tance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectivenessof the sensor.

WARNING

■ 5 Door

■ Cross

Types of warning indicator andsound

•• If an object is in between sensorsor close to a sensor, the displayedindicator may differ from the aboveillustration.

• Do not wash the vehicle's sensorwith high pressure water.

• When you shift into the R(Reverse) position and one ormore of the below situation occurs,this may indicate a malfunctionwith the parking assist system.

• You don't hear an audible warningsound or the buzzer sounds inter-mittently.

If this occurs, we recommend thatthe system be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Non-operational conditions ofParking Distance Warning(Reverse) SystemThe Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) System may not operatenormally when:• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.• The sensor is covered or stained

with foreign material, such as snowor water, or the sensor cover isblocked.

There is a possibility of a parkingassist system malfunction when:• Driving on uneven road surfaces

such as unpaved roads, gravel,bumps, or gradient.

• Objects generating excessive noisesuch as vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakescan interfere with the sensor.

• Heavy rain or water spray is present.• Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are present near the sensor.• The sensor is covered with snow.• Any non-factory equipment or

accessories have been installed, orif the vehicle bumper height or sen-sor installation has been modified.

NOTICE

Distance fromobject

Warningindicator Warning sound

120cm ~ 61cm (47 in. ~ 24 in.)

Buzzer beepsintermittently.

60cm ~ 31cm (24 in. ~ 12 in.)

Buzzer beepsmore frequently.

Less than 30 cm (12 in.)

Buzzer beepscontinuously.

• is displayed. (if equipped)

DDetecting range may decreasewhen:• Outside air temperature is

extremely hot or cold.• Undetectable objects smaller than

about 1 m (40 in.) and narrowerthan about 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter.

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:• Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-

sor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

Information The system may not recognize objectsless than 30 cm (12 in.) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance.

Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor with any hard objects thatcould damage the surface of thesensor. Sensor damage could occur.

i

NOTICE

Your new vehicle warranty doesnot cover any accidents or dam-age to the vehicle or injuries to itsoccupants due to a ParkingDistance Warning (Reverse)System malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

WARNING

DDefroster

To prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleaners con-taining abrasives to clean the win-dow.If you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “Windshielddefrosting and defogging” in this sec-tion.

Rear window defroster (if equipped)

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice fromthe interior and exterior of the rearwindow, while engine is running.

To activate the rear windowdefroster, press the rear windowdefroster button located in the cli-mate control system. The indicatoron the rear window defroster buttonilluminates when the defroster is ON.To turn off the defroster, press therear window defroster button again.

Information • If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush itoff before operating the reardefroster.

• The rear window defroster automat-ically turns off after approximately20 minutes or when the ignitionswitch is turned off.

Outside rearview mirror defroster(if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with out-side rearview mirror defrosters, theywill operate at the same time youturn on the rear window defroster.

i

NOTICE

OIB044075

OIB044096

■ Manual Climate Control System

■ Automatic Climate Control System

(1) Temperature control knob(2) Fan speed control knob(3) Mode selection knob(4) Air intake control button(5) A/C (Air conditioning) button

(if equipped)(6) Rear window defroster button

(if equipped)

OIB044066

Manual climate control system (if equipped)

HHeating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.To improve the effectiveness ofheating and cooling :- Heating: - Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air or recirculatedair position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

OIB047067R

(if equipped) (if equipped)

MMode selection

The mode selection knob controlsthe direction of the air flow throughthe ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Fivesymbols are used to represent Face,Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost andDefrost air position.

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield, sidewindow defrosters and side vents.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters and side vents.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side vents.

OIB044069

Instrument panel vents The outlet vents located in the rearcan be opened or closed separatelyusing the thumbwheel. Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivered from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown.

TTemperature control

The temperature will increase byturning the knob to the right.The temperature will decrease byturning the knob to the left.

Air intake control

This button is used to select the out-side (fresh) air position or recirculat-ed air position.

OIB044068 OIB044070

OIB044094

OIB044092

■ Front

■ Rear

If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-es, we recommend the system bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

CChecking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and com-pressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a bad influence on the air condi-tioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, we recommend that the systembe inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Information It is important that the correct typeand amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system opera-tion may occur.

We recommend the air conditioningsystem be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

i

Because the refriger-ant is at very high pres-sure, the air condition-ing system should onlybe serviced by trained

and certified technicians. It isimportant that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant isused, otherwise damage to thevehicle and personal injury mayoccur.

WARNING

(1) Fan speed control knob(2) Temperature control knob(3) AUTO (automatic control) button(4) OFF button(5) Mode selection button(6) Air intake control button(7) Rear window defroster button(8) Front windshield defroster button(9) A/C (Air conditioning) button(10) LCD display

OIB044078

Automatic climate control system (if equipped)

AAutomatic heating and air condi-tioningThe Automatic Climate Control Systemis controlled by setting the desired tem-perature.

1. Press the AUTO button.The modes, fan speeds, air intakeand air-conditioning will be controlledautomatically by the temperature set-ting you select.

2. Turn the temperature control knobto the desired temperature. If thetemperature is set to the lowestsetting (LO), the air conditioningsystem will operate continuously.

To turn the automatic operation off,select any button of the following:

- Mode selection button- Front windshield defrost button

(Press the button one more timeto deselect the front windshielddefroster function. The 'AUTO'sign will illuminate on the infor-mation display once again.)

- Fan speed control buttonThe selected function will be con-trolled manually while other functionsoperate automatically.For your convenience and to improvethe effectiveness of the climate con-trol, use the AUTO button and set thetemperature to 23°C (73°F).OIB044079

OIB044086

IInformation Never place anything near the sensorlocated to ensure better control of theheating and cooling system.

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system canbe controlled manually by pressingbuttons other than the AUTO button.In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons selected.When pressing any button (or turningany knob) except the AUTO buttonwhile using automatic operation, thefunctions not selected will be con-trolled automatically.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.To improve the effectiveness ofheating and cooling:- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

7. Press the AUTO button in order toconvert to full automatic control ofthe system.

iOIB044080

MMode selection

The mode selection button controlsthe direction of the air flow throughthe ventilation system.

OIB044081

OIB047067R

(if equipped) (if equipped)

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield.

Also you may select 2~3 modes atthe same time for desired air flow.- face ( ) + floor ( ) mode- face ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- floor ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- face ( ) + floor ( ) +

defrost ( ) mode

Defrost-Level (A, D)Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OIB044082

SSystem operationVentilation1. Select the Face Level mode.2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Select the Floor Level mode.2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

If the windshield fogs up, select theFront Defroster mode.

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the car through theventilation system, temporarily setthe air intake control to the recircu-lated air position. Return the con-trol to the fresh air position whenthe irritation has passed. This willhelp keep the driver alert and com-fortable.

• To prevent inside of the windshieldfrom fogging, set the air intake con-trol to the fresh air position and fanspeed to the desired position, turnon the air conditioning system, andadjust the temperature control todesired temperature.

Air conditioning (if equipped) HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with a R-134a refrigerant.1. Start the engine. 2. Push the air conditioning button.3. Set the mode to the Face Level

mode.4. Set the air intake control to the

recirculated air position. However,prolonged operation of the recircu-lated air position will excessivelydry the air. In this case, change theair position.

5. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

When maximum cooling is desired,set the temperature control to thelowest setting (LO) then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.

WWhen using the air conditioning sys-tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engineoverheating. Continue to use theblower fan but turn the air condition-ing system off if the engine tempera-ture gauge indicates engine over-heating.

Air conditioning system operationtips • If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• After sufficient cooling has beenachieved, switch back from therecirculated air to the fresh outsideair position.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the airconditioning system with the win-dows closed.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month only for a few minutesto ensure maximum system per-formance.

• If you operate air conditionerexcessively, the difference betweenthe temperature of the outside airand that of the windshield couldcause the outer surface of thewindshield to fog up, causing lossof visibility. In this case, set themode selection knob or button tothe position and fan speedcontrol to the lower speed.

NOTICE

SSystem maintenance

Climate control air filter This filter is installed behind the glovebox. It filters the dust or other pollu-tants that enter the vehicle through theheating and air conditioning system.We recommend the climate controlair filter be cleaned according to themaintenance schedule. If the car isbeing driven in severe conditionssuch as dusty or rough roads, morefrequent air conditioner filter inspec-tions and cleaning are required.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-es, we recommend the system bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and com-pressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a bad influence on the air condi-tioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, we recommend that the systembe inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Information It is important that the correct typeand amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system opera-tion may occur.

i1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

We recommend the air conditioningsystem be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WWindshield defrosting and defog-ging

• For maximum defrosting, set thetemperature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desiredwhile defrosting or defogging, setthe mode to the floor-defrost posi-tion.

• Before driving, clear all snow andice from the windshield, rear win-dow, outside rear view mirrors, andall side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from thehood and air inlet at the buttom ofthe windshield.

• If the engine temperature is stillcold after starting, then a briefengine warm up period may berequired for the vented air flow tobecome warm or hot.

Because the refrigerantis at very high pressure,the air conditioning sys-tem should only be serv-iced by trained and certi-

fied technicians. It is important thatthe correct type and amount of oiland refrigerant is used, otherwisedamage to the vehicle and personalinjury may occur.

WARNING

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperatureof the outside air and that of thewindshield could cause the outersurface of the windshield to fogup, causing loss of visibility. Setthe mode selection to the position and fan speed control to alower speed.

WARNING

SSunglass holder (if equipped)

To open the sunglass holder, pressthe cover and the holder will slowlyopen. Place your sunglasses in thecompartment door with the lensesfacing out. To close the sunglass holder, pushback into position. Make sure the sun-glass holder is closed while driving.

OIB044023

• Do not keep objects except sun-glasses inside the sunglassholder. Such objects can bethrown from the holder in theevent of a sudden stop or anaccident, possibly injuring thepassengers in the vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.

• Do not put the glasses forciblyinto a sunglass holder. It maycause personal injury if you try toopen it forcibly when the glassesare jammed in holder.

WARNING

Clock (if equipped)

To set the time:The ignition switch must be in theACC position or the ON position.1. Press the SETUP CLOCK button.2. Select "Clock" → "Clock Settings"

by using the TUNE knob.3. Set the clock by using the TUNE

knob.

Digital clock (if equipped) Whenever the battery terminals orrelated fuses are disconnected, youmust reset the time.When the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position, the clock but-tons operate as follows:

• H (Hour)Press the "H" button to advance thetime displayed by one hour.

• M (Minute)Press the "M" button to advance thetime displayed by one minute.

• Display conversionTo change the 12 hour format to the24 hour format, press the "H" and"M" button simultaneously for morethan 4 seconds. For example, if the "H" and "M" but-ton is pressed when the time is 10:15p.m., the display will change to 22:15

Do not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

WARNING

OIB044038

Do not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

WARNING

UUSB charger (if equipped)

The USB charger is designed torecharge batteries of small size elec-trical devices using a USB cable. The electrical devices can berecharged when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC, ON orSTART position.The battery charging state may bemonitored on the electrical device.Disconnect the USB cable from theUSB port after use.

• A smart phone or a tablet PC mayget warmer during the re-chargingprocess. It does not indicate anymalfunction with the charging sys-tem.

• A smart phone or a tablet PC,which adopts a different re-charg-ing method, may not be properlyre-charged. In this case, use anexclusive charger of your device.

• The charging terminal is only torecharge a device. Do not use thecharging terminal either to turn ONan audio or to play media on theAVN.

Clothes hanger (if equipped)

These hangers are not designed tohold large or heavy items.

OIB044031OIB047195R

SShopping bag holder (if equipped)

Do not hang a bag weighing morethan 3 kg (7 lbs.). It may cause dam-age to the shopping bag holder.

Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)

ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchorsto attach the front floor mats to thevehicle. The anchors on the frontfloor carpet keep the floor mats fromsliding forward.

NOTICE

OFS040126OIB047032Do not hang other objects such ashangers or hard objects exceptclothes. Also, do not put heavy,sharp or breakable objects in theclothes pockets. In an accident orwhen the curtain air bag is inflated,it may cause vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

WARNING

OIB047192

CCargo area cover (if equipped)

Use the cargo area cover to hideitems stored in the cargo area. The cargo area cover can be upright-ed or removed.

Do not put luggage on the coversince it may be damaged or mal-formed.

NOTICE

• Do not place objects on thecargo area cover. Such objectsmay be thrown about inside thevehicle and possibly injure vehi-cle occupants during an acci-dent or braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride inthe luggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

WARNING

OIB047033

The following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor mat tothe vehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehi-cle's floor mat anchor(s) beforedriving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat thatcannot be firmly attached to thevehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top ofone another (e.g. all-weatherrubber mat on top of a carpetedfloor mat). Only a single floormat should be installed in eachposition.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver's side floormat anchors that are designed tosecurely hold the floor mat in place.To avoid any interference with pedaloperation, HYUNDAI recommendsthat the HYUNDAI floor matdesigned for use in your vehicle beinstalled.

WARNING

RRoof rack (if equipped)

If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.

Information If the vehicle is equipped with a sun-roof, be sure not to position cargo ontothe roof rack in such a way that itcould interfere with sunroof opera-tion.

• When carrying cargo on the roofrack, take the necessary precau-tions to make sure the cargo doesnot damage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects on theroof rack, make sure they do notexceed the overall roof length orwidth.

NOTICE

i

• The following specification is themaximum weight that can beloaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenly aspossible onto the roof rack andsecure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack may dam-age your vehicle.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)• The vehicle centre of gravity will

be higher when items are loadedonto the roof rack. Avoid suddenstarts, braking, sharp turns, abruptmanoeuvres or high speeds thatmay result in loss of vehicle controlor rollover resulting in an accident.

• Always drive slowly and turn cor-ners carefully when carrying itemson the roof rack. Severe windupdrafts, caused by passing vehi-cles or natural causes, can causesudden upward pressure on itemsloaded on the roof rack. This isespecially true when carryinglarge, flat items such as wood pan-els or mattresses. This couldcause the items to fall off the roofrack and cause damage to yourvehicle or others around you.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo whilst driving, check fre-quently before or whilst driving tomake sure the items on the roofrack are securely fastened.

ROOF 70 kg (154 lbs.)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

OIB044190

•• If you install an aftermarket HIDhead lamp, your vehicle’s audioand electronic device may mal-function.

• Prevent chemicals such as per-fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,hand cleaner, and air freshenerfrom contacting the interior partsbecause they may cause damage,button struck issues or discol-oration.

AUX, USB and iPod® port

You can use an AUX port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plugin an USB or an iPod®.

NOTE : Please go through USBcompatibility list in HYUNDAI Indiawebsite.

Information When using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noisemay occur during playback. If thishappens, use the power source of theportable audio device.

❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

NOTICE i

OIB047091R

AAntenna Type A,BThe roof antenna receives DRM andboth AM and FM broadcast signals.Rotate the roof antenna in a counter-clockwise direction to remove it.Rotate it in a clockwise direction toreinstall it.

Type C The shark fin antenna receives trans-mitted data. (for example: AM/FM,and DRM)

• Before entering a place with a lowheight clearance, be sure that theantenna is removed.

• Be sure to remove the antennabefore washing the vehicle in anautomatic car wash or it may bedamaged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tightenedand adjusted to the upright positionto ensure proper reception. But itcould be removed when parkingthe vehicle.

Installation of aftermarket antennamay result in water leakage, windnoise, rattling & improper radio oper-ation. We recommend to use theantenna available with an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Information Some models do not have audio (plas-tic blanking cover) system, and willnot supply radio main cable. Thus ifyou want to insert Aftermarket audioor OEM audio to listen radio broad-casting service, we recommend to usethe feeder cable available with anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

OIB044036

OIB045191

OIB047193

■ Type B

■ Type A

■ Type C

SSteering wheel audio control (if equipped)

The steering wheel audio control but-ton is installed to promote safe driving.

Do not operate audio remote controlbuttons simultaneously.

VOLUME (VOL +/-) (1)• Press the up button (+) to increase

volume.• Press the down button (-) to

decrease volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)If the SEEK/PRESET button ispressed for 0.8 second or more, itwill work as follows in each mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEKselect button. It will SEEK until nextchannel is reached.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button ispressed for less than 0.8 second, itwill work as follows in each mode.RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA-TION select buttons.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the TRACKUP/DOWN button.

MODE (3)Press the MODE button to togglebetween available Media sourceslike Radio, USB, iPod, BT Audio,AUX(Auxiliary).

MUTE (4, if equipped)• Press the button to mute the

sound.• Press the button again to activate

the sound.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is included in the followingpages in this chapter.

NOTICE

OIB047037

OIB047168

■ Type A

■ Type B

AAudio / Video / Navigation sys-tem (AVN) (if equipped)Detailed information for the AVN sys-tem is described in a separately sup-plied manual.

Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyhands-free (if equipped)

You can use the phone wirelessly byusing the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology.

(1) Call / Answer button : Press thebutton shortly. Voice recognition mode (ifequipped) : Press the buttonlonger when you have an AndroidAuto or Carplay connection.

(2) Call end button(3) Microphone

• Audio : For detailed information,refer to “AUDIO” in this chapter.

• AVN : Detailed information for theBluetooth® Wireless Technologyhands-free is described in the man-ual supplied separately.

OIB047197

OHCI057009R

HHow vehicle audio works

AM and FM radio signals are broad-cast from transmitter towers locatedaround your city. They are interceptedby the radio antenna on your vehicle.This signal is then processed by theradio and sent to your vehicle speak-ers. When a strong radio signal hasreached your vehicle, the preciseengineering of your audio systemensures the best possible qualityreproduction. However, in some casesthe signal coming to your vehicle maynot be strong and clear.

This can be due to factors, such asthe distance from the radio station,closeness of other strong radio sta-tions or the presence of buildings,bridges or other large obstructions inthe area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broad-casts. This is because AM radiowaves are transmitted at low fre-quencies. These long distance, lowfrequency radio waves can follow thecurvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight. In addition, theycurve around obstructions resultingin better signal coverage.

JBM001

FM reception

JBM002

AM reception

FM broadcasts are transmitted athigh frequencies and do not bend tofollow the earth's surface. Becauseof this, FM broadcasts generallybegin to fade within short distancesfrom the station. Also, FM signals areeasily affected by buildings, moun-tains, and obstructions. This can leadto undesirable or unpleasant listen-ing conditions which might lead youto believe a problem exists with yourradio. The following conditions arenormal and do not indicate radiotrouble:

• Fading - As your vehicle movesaway from the radio station, thesignal will weaken and sound willbegin to fade. When this occurs,we suggest that you select anotherstronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between thetransmitter and your radio can dis-turb the signal causing static orfluttering noises to occur. Reducingthe treble level may lessen thiseffect until the disturbance clears.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig-nals being received from severaldirections can cause distortion orfluttering. This can be caused by adirect and reflected signal from thesame station, or by signals from twostations with close frequencies. Ifthis occurs, select another stationuntil the condition has passed.

JBM003

FFM radio station

JBM004 OJF045311L

(6) SSEEK/TRACK• When pressed quickly

- Radio mode: Searches broadcastfrequencies saved to Presets.

- Media mode: Changes track, fileor title. (except AUX)

• When pressed and held (morethan 1.0 second)- Radio mode: Frequency is con-

trolled by 1 step quickly. Whenthe button is released afterpressing and holding, searchesbroadcast frequencies.

- Media mode: Rewinds or fast-for-wards the song. (except BTAudio*, AUX)

* if equipped

• Do not stare at the screen whiledriving. Staring at the screen forprolonged periods of time couldlead to traffic accidents.

• Do not disassemble, assemble,or modify the audio system.Such acts could result in acci-dents, fire, or electric shock.

• Using the phone while drivingmay lead to a lack of attention oftraffic conditions and increasethe likelihood of accidents. Usethe phone feature after parkingthe vehicle.

• Heed caution not to spill wateror introduce foreign objects intothe device. Such acts could leadto smoke, fire, or product mal-function.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)• Please refrain from use if the

screen is blank or no sound canbe heard as these signs mayindicate product malfunction.Continued use in such condi-tions could lead to accidents(fires, electric shock) or productmalfunctions.

• Do not touch the antenna duringthunder or lightening as suchacts may lead to lightninginduced electric shock.

• Do not stop or park in parking-restricted areas to operate theproduct. Such acts could lead totraffic accidents.

• Use the system with the vehicleignition turned on. Prolongeduse with the ignition turned offcould result in battery discharge.

Driving while distracted can resultin a loss of vehicle control thatmay lead to an accident, severepersonal injury, and death. Thedriver’s primary responsibility is inthe safe and legal operation of avehicle, and use of any handhelddevices, other equipment, or vehi-cle systems which take the dri-ver’s eyes, attention and focusaway from the safe operation of avehicle or which are not permissi-ble by law should never be usedduring operation of the vehicle.

WARNING• Operating the device while driving

could lead to accidents due to alack of attention to external sur-roundings. First park the vehiclebefore operating the device.

• Adjust the volume to levels thatallow the driver to hear soundsfrom outside of the vehicle. Drivingin a state where external soundscannot be heard may lead to acci-dents.

• Pay attention to the volume settingwhen turning the device on. A sud-den output of extreme volumeupon turning the device on couldlead to hearing impairment. (Adjustthe volume to a suitable levelsbefore turning off the device.)

• If you want to change the positionof device installation, pleaseinquire with your place of purchaseor service maintenance center.Technical expertise is required toinstall or disassemble the device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn on the car ignition before

using this device. Do not operatethe audio system for long periodsof time with the ignition turned offas such operations may lead tobattery discharge.

• Do not subject the device to severeshock or impact. Direct pressureonto the front side of the monitormay cause damage to the LCD.

• When cleaning the device, makesure to turn off the device and usea dry and smooth cloth. Never usetough materials, chemical cloths,or solvents (alcohol, benzene, thin-ners, etc.). As such materials maydamage the device panel or causecolor/quality deterioration.

• Do not place beverages close tothe audio system. Spilling bever-ages may lead to system malfunc-tion.

(Continued)

NOTICE

((Continued)• In case of product malfunction,

please contact your place of pur-chase or After Service center.

• Placing the audio system within anelectromagnetic environment mayresult in noise interference.

• Prevent caustic solutions such asperfume and cosmetic oil fromcontacting the dashboard becausethey may cause damage or discol-oration.

Radio

Radio ModeChange Mode: [RADIO] button

• You can toggle between the radiomodes using [RADIO] button.

• If [SETUP/CLOCK] � [Display] �[Mode Popup] is turned [Off], theneach time you press the [RADIO]button, you can toggle betweenradio modes (FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟DRM ➟ FM1).

• The radio mode popup will not bedisplayed when [SETUP/CLOCK]button � [Display] � [Mode popup]is turned [Off].

Search Frequency: [SEEK/TRACK]button

• Searches the previous/next broad-cast frequencies.- Short press of button: searches

the previous/next availablebroadcast frequency.

- Long press of button: Frequencyis controlled by 1 step quickly.When the button is released afterpressing and holding, searchesthe previous/next availablebroadcast frequency.

Change Frequency: TUNE knob

Changes frequency by turning theknob left/right. You can seek avail-able frequencies manually.

Saved Frequency: [1] ~ [6] (Preset)buttons

• Pressing the button: Plays the fre-quency saved in the correspondingbutton.

• Pressing and holding the button(more than 1.0 second): Saves thecurrently playing broadcast to theselected button and sound a BEEP.

FFM/AM Mode

Displays Menu Popup when pressingthe [MENU] button.

Auto Store

Saves broadcasts with superiorreception to [1] ~ [6] buttons. If nofrequencies are received, then themost recently received frequency willbe broadcast.

Scan

The broadcast frequency increasesand previews each broadcast for 5seconds each. After scanning all fre-quencies, returns and plays the cur-rent broadcast frequency.

Sound Settings

Moves to Sound Settings.

DRM Mode

❈ The actual features may differfrom the illustration.

❈ May change according to thetransmission content of DRM.

❈ No Signal: Represents there is nobroadcasting from the selectedDRM frequency.


Weather/News Report (DRM only)

Weather/News report feature On/Off.

InformationThe availability of Weather/Newsreport information completelydepends on the DRM broadcastingstation.

Presets

Displays saved presets.

Service List (DRM only)

• A broadcasting DRM station canhave 1 ~ 4 Services depending onthe transmission.- You can select the desired serv-

ice from the list.

Auto Store

Saves broadcasts with superiorreception to [1] ~ [6] buttons. If nofrequencies are received, then themost recently received frequency willbe broadcast.

Scan

The broadcast frequency increasesand previews each broadcast for 5seconds each. After scanning all fre-quencies, returns and plays the cur-rent broadcast frequency.

Sound Settings


i

IInformation• DRM (Digital Radio Mondiale) is a

digital replacement of AM, an initia-tive by All India Radio (AIR).

• DRM is available in only few citiesin India as of now & AIR is expand-ing this technology to other regionsof the country also.

• The DRM transmission range & thetimings depends on the AIR trans-mission schedule.

• After you tuned to a receivableDRM station, it may take a few sec-onds to decode the audio. This is nota issue but the nature of the digitalsignal.

• The text information/Weather/NewsReport completely depends on theDRM broadcaster.

• You may experience a mute whilereceiving a DRM station, if there is aloss of signal or any obstructionsaround the car location like hightension power lines, tunnels, metalbridges and multi-storied buildings.

• Emergency Warning is the soleresponsibility of All India Radio, asthey transmit this warning in case ofemergency.

Emergency Warning

You can receive a emergency warn-ing on your screen if Indian govern-ment or All India Radio (AIR) raisesan alarm of emergency across thecountry through DRM transmission.

Information• The system may switch to DRM

mode even though you are in othermodes/turned off the system whilerunning the car.

• This is a initiation by Indian gov-ernment in the interest of publicsafety.

Media

Information - Using MP3Supported audio formats

File formats that do not comply withthe above formats may not be prop-erly recognized or play without prop-erly displaying file names or otherinformation.

i

NOTICE

i

i

Range of supported file types

1. Bitrate range (Kbps)

2. Bit Per Sample range (bit)

3. Sampling frequency (Hz)

• For MP3/WMA compression filesand WAV file, differences in soundquality will occur depending on thebitrate. (Higher sound quality canbe experienced with higherbitrates.)

• This device only recognizes fileswith MP3/WMA/WAV extensions.Other file extensions may not beproperly recognized.

4. Maximum number of recognizedfolders and files

• Folder: 1,000 folders for USB• File: 5,000 files for USB• There are no limitations to the

number of recognized folder levels.

5. Text Display (Based on Unicode)• Filenames: Maximum 40 English

characters• Foldernames: Maximum 40 English

characters

UUsing the scroll feature allows you tosee the entire name of files withnames that are too long to be dis-played at once.

Language Support (Unicode Support)

• Korean: 2,604 characters• English: 94 characters• Common Chinese characters: 4,888

characters• Special symbols: 986 characters

Japanese/Simplified Chinese charac-ters are not supported.

NOTICE

NOTICE

IInformation- Using the USB Device

• Connect the USB device after turn-ing on the engine. The USB devicemay become damaged if it is alreadyconnected when the ignition isturned on. The USB device may notoperate properly if the car ignitionis turned on or off with the USBdevice connected.

• Be careful for static electricity whenconnecting/disconnecting USBdevices.

• Encoded MP3 Players will not berecognized when connected as anexternal device.

• When connecting an external USBdevice, the vehicle’s audio systemmay not recognize the USB depend-ing on what firmware is used byUSB device or what files are on theUSB.

• Only products formatted withbyte/sectors under 64Kbyte will berecognized.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• This device recognizes USB devicesformatted in FAT 12/16/32 file for-mats. This device does not recognizefiles in NTFS file format.

• Some USB devices may not be sup-ported due to compatibility issues.

• Avoid contact between the USB con-nector and bodily parts or foreignobjects.

• Repeated connecting/disconnectingof USB devices within short periodsof time may result in product mal-function.

• A strange noise may occur when dis-connecting the USB.

• Make sure to connect/disconnectexternal USB devices with the audiopower turned off.

• The amount of time required to rec-ognize the USB device may differdepending on the type, size or fileformats stored on the USB. Suchdifferences in time are not indica-tions of malfunctions.

• The vehicle audio system only sup-ports USB devices designed to playmusic files.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• USB images and videos are not sup-ported.

• Do not use the USB interface tocharge batteries or USB accessoriesthat generate heat. Doing so maylead to worsened performance ordamage to the audio system.

• The audio system may not recognizethe USB device if separately pur-chased USB hubs and extensioncables are being used. Connect theUSB device directly with the USBport of the vehicle.

• When using mass storage USBdevices with separate logical drives,only files saved to the root drive canbe played.

• Files may not properly operate ifapplication programs are installedon the USBs.

• The audio system may not operatenormally if MP3 Players, cellularphones, digital cameras, or otherelectronic devices (USB devices notrecognized as portable disk drives)are connected with the audio sys-tem.

(Continued)

i

(Continued)

• Charging through the USB may notwork for some mobile devices.

• The device may not support normaloperation when using an atypicalUSB memory device (miniature,keychain, etc.). For best results, usea typical USB device that has ametal case.

• The device may not support normaloperation when using formats suchas HDD Type, CF, or SD Memory.

• The device will not support fileslocked by DRM (Digital RightsManagement.).

• USB memory sticks used by con-necting an Adaptor (SD Type or CFType) may not be properly recog-nized.

• The device may not operate proper-ly when using USB HDDs or USBssubject to connection failurescaused by vehicle vibrations. (e.g. i-stick type)

(Continued)

(Continued)

• Avoid use of USBmemory products thatcan also be used as keychains or mobile phoneaccessories. Use of suchproducts may cause damage to theUSB jack.

• Connecting an MP3 device or phonethrough various channels, such asAUX/BT or Audio/USB mode mayresult in pop noises or abnormaloperation.

• Use USB 2.0 devices for better com-patibility. Maximum device sizesupported is 32 GB.

IInformation- Using the iPod®

• iPod® is a registered trademark ofApple Inc.

• In order to use the iPod® with yourvehicle’s audio system, you must usea dedicated iPod® cable. (the cablethat is supplied when purchasingiPod®/iPhone® products)

• If the iPod® is connected to the vehi-cle while it is playing, a high pitchsound could occur for approximate-ly 1-2 seconds immediately afterconnecting. If possible, connect theiPod® to the vehicle with the iPod®

stopped/paused.

• When the vehicle ignition is set toACC or ON, connecting the iPod®

through the iPod® cable will chargethe iPod® through the car audio sys-tem.

• When connecting with the iPod®

cable, make sure to fully insert thejack to prevent communicationinterference.

(Continued)

i

(Continued)

• When the Equalizer features of anexternal device, such as the iPod®,and the audio system are bothactive, Equalizer effects could over-lap and cause sound deteriorationand distortion. Whenever possible,turn off the Equalizer feature with-in the external device when it is con-nected to the audio system.

• Noise may occur when an iPod® orAUX device is connected. Whensuch devices are not being used, dis-connect the device for storage.

• When the iPod® or AUX devicepower is connected to the powerjack, playing the external devicemay result in noise. In such cases,disconnect the power connectionbefore use.

• Skipping or improper operationmay occur depending on the charac-teristics of your iPod®/iPhone®

device.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• If your iPhone® is connected to boththe Bluetooth® and USB, the soundmay not be properly played. In youriPhone®, select the Dock connectoror Bluetooth® to change the soundoutput (source).

• iPod® mode cannot be operatedwhen the iPod® cannot be recog-nized due to the playing of versionsthat do not support communicationprotocols, cases of iPod® abnormali-ties and defects.

• For fifth generation iPod® Nanodevices, the iPod® may not be recog-nized when the battery level is low.Please charge the iPod® for use.

• The search/play orders shown with-in the iPod® device may differ fromthe orders shown within the audiosystem.

• If the iPod® malfunctions due to aniPod® device defect, reset the iPod®

and try again. (To learn more, referto your iPod® manual)

(Continued)

(Continued)

• Some iPod®s may not sync with theSystem depending on the version. Ifthe Media is removed before theMedia is recognized, then the sys-tem may not properly restore thepreviously operated mode. (iPad®

charging is not supported.)

• Use an iPod® cable shorter than 1meter in length such as the one orig-inally supplied with a new iPod®,longer cables may lead to the audiosystem not recognizing the iPod®.

IInformation- Using Bluetooth® (BT) Audio

(if equipped)• Bluetooth® Audio Mode can be used

only when a Bluetooth® phone hasbeen connected.

• Bluetooth® Audio Mode will not beavailable when connecting mobilephones that do not support this fea-ture.

• If a Bluetooth® Phone is being usedto play music and receives anincoming or outgoing phone call,then the music will stop.

• Moving the Track up/down whileplaying Bluetooth® audio mode mayresult in pop noises with somemobile phones.

• Bluetooth® streaming audio maynot be supported in some mobilephones.

• When returning to Bluetooth®

Audio mode after ending a call, themode may not automatically restartin some mobile phones.

• Receiving an incoming call or mak-ing an outgoing call while playingBluetooth® Audio may result inaudio interference.

Media ModeChange Mode: [MEDIA] button

• Each time the button is pressed,the media mode popup will be dis-played or closed.

• The media mode popup will not bedisplayed when [SETUP/CLOCK]button � [Display] � [Mode popup]is turned [Off]. You can select a menu in the modepopup by using the [1] ~ [6](Preset) buttons or TUNE knob.

• If media device(USB, AUX) is con-nected, then it will automaticallyoperate. Once it is disconnected,the previous mode will be restored.

• The Audio/Bluetooth®(BT) Audio*/AUX volume can also be con-trolled.

* if equipped

InformationWhen you connect an Apple device,playback does not start automatically.

Repeat: [1 RPT] button

• Repeats the current song orrepeats all songs within the currentfolder.

• iPod® mode: Repeat Song ➟Repeat Off

• USB mode: Repeat Song ➟Repeat Folder ➟ Off

Shuffle: [2 SHFL] button

• Plays all songs within the currentfolder(category) or play all songs inrandom order.

• iPod® mode: Shuffle All ➟ ShuffleOff

• USB mode: Shuffle Folder ➟Shuffle All ➟ Off

i

i

Change Song/File: [[SEEK/TRACK]button

[∨ SEEK/TRACK] button• Pressing the button: Plays the cur-

rent song from the beginning. If the[∨ SEEK/TRACK] button is pressedagain within 1 second, the previoussong is played.

• Pressing and holding the button(more than 1.0 second): Rewindsthe song.

[SEEK/TRACK ∧] button• Pressing the button: Plays the next

song. • Pressing and holding the button

(more than 1.0 second): Fast-for-wards the song.

Information• BT Audio*, AUX don’t support

Rewind/Fast-forward feature.

• Changing the previous/next songmay not be supported in someBluetooth® devices.

* if equipped

Search Song: TUNE knob(USB/iPod® only)

• Turning TUNE knob: Searches forsongs(files).

• Pressing TUNE knob: Plays selectedsong(file).

Information• BT Audio* and AUX don’t support

playlist feature.

• In iPod® Mode, song (file) lists arenot supported if music is playedusing the Music application afterconnecting the iPod®.

• While BT Audio* is playing, press-ing the TUNE knob plays and paus-es the current song.

* if equipped

Search Folder: [FOLDER] button

Searches the previous/next folder.(USB)

InformationIf a folder is selected by pressing theTUNE knob, the first file within theselected folder will be played.

USB


List

Moves to the list screen.

Information

Displays information of the currentsong.

Sound Settings


i

i

i

iiPod®


List

Moves to the list screen.

Information

Displays information of the currentsong.

Sound Settings


BT Audio (if equipped)


Sound Settings


Information• Depending on the connected

Bluetooth device, mobile phone, orthe music player you are using,playback controls may differ.

• Depending on the music player youare using, streaming may not besupported.

• Audio may not automatically startplaying in some Bluetooth® devices.If the music in the Bluetooth® deviceis not played after changing to audiostreaming mode, press the TUNEknob. Check if the music is playingin the Bluetooth® device afterchanging to audio streaming mode.

• Audio streaming may not be sup-ported for some Bluetooth® devices.

• If Bluetooth® device is disconnected,BT Audio is ended.

• Bluetooth® connection is required touse BT Audio. Refer to theBluetooth® manual for more infor-mation.

i

• Focus on the road while driving.The driver's primary responsibil-ity is in the safe and legal oper-ation of the vehicle. Driversshould not use any hand helddevices or other equipment orvehicle systems that distract thedriver during vehicle operation.

• Do not stare at the multimediascreen for long periods of timewhile driving. Staring at thescreen for prolonged periods oftime can lead to traffic accidentsand can result in personalinjuries.

WARNINGAUX


Sound Settings


Information• AUX mode can be used only when

an external audio player has beenconnected.

• If only a cable is connected to theAUX without an external device, themode will be changed to AUX, butnoise may occur. When an externaldevice is not being used, remove theconnector jack.

• When the external device power isconnected to the power jack, play-ing the external device may outputnoise. In such cases, disconnect thepower connection before use.

Phone (if Bluetooth equipped)

Information- Using Bluetooth® (BT) Phone

What is Bluetooth®Wireless Technology?

• Bluetooth® refers to a short-dis-tance wireless networking technol-ogy which uses a 2.45GHz fre-quency to connect various deviceswithin a certain distance.

• Supported within PCs, externaldevices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs,various electronic devices, and auto-motive environments, Bluetooth® tobe transmitted at high speeds with-out having to use a connector cable.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to adevice which allows the user toconveniently make phone callswith Bluetooth® devices throughthe Multimedia system.

• The Bluetooth® Handsfree featuremay not be supported in someBluetooth® devices.

i

i

•• Bluetooth® is a feature thatenables drivers to make handsfreecalls. Connecting the head unitwith a Bluetooth® phone allows theuser to conveniently make calls,receive calls, and manage thephonebook. Before usingBluetooth®, carefully read the con-tents of this user’s manual.

• Excessive use or operations whiledriving may lead to negligent driv-ing practices and be the cause ofaccidents. Do not operate thedevice excessively while driving.

• Viewing the screen for prolongedperiods of time is dangerous andmay lead to accidents. When driv-ing, view the screen only for shortperiods of time.

• Pairing Bluetooth® devices anduse of other Bluetooth® featuresare not supported when the vehicleis in motion. For safety, please firstpark your vehicle.

• Before connecting the head unitwith the Bluetooth® device, checkto see that the mobile device sup-ports Bluetooth® features.

• Even if the mobile device supportsBluetooth®, the device will not befound during device searches if thedevice has been set to hiddenstate or the Bluetooth® power isturned off. Disable the hidden stateor turn on the Bluetooth® powerprior to searching/connecting withthe head unit.

• If a Bluetooth® device becomesdisconnected due to being out ofcommunication range, turning thedevice OFF, or a Bluetooth® com-munication error, correspondingBluetooth® devices are automati-cally searched and reconnected.

• If you do not want automatic con-nection with your Bluetooth®

device, turn the Bluetooth® featureoff in the Bluetooth® device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Only one Bluetooth® device can be

connected at a time.• Bluetooth® connection may

become intermittently disconnect-ed in some Bluetooth® devices.Follow these steps to try again.1. Turn the Bluetooth® function

within the Bluetooth® deviceOFF/ON and try again.

2. Turn the Bluetooth® devicepower OFF/ON and try again.

3. Completely remove theBluetooth® device battery,reboot, and then again.

4. Reboot the Multimedia Systemand try again.

5. Delete all paired devices fromboth of Bluetooth® device andHead Unit sides and then tryagain.

NOTICENOTICE

•• If the Bluetooth® device is not con-nected, it is not possible to enterPhone mode. After connectingyour Bluetooth® device to your car,use the Bluetooth® features.

• You will not be able to use thehandsfree feature when yourphone is outside of the cellularservice area (e.g. in a tunnel, in aunderground, in a mountainousarea, etc.).

• If the cellular phone signal is pooror the vehicles interior noise is tooloud, it may be difficult to hear theother person’s voice during a call.

• Do not place the Bluetooth® devicenear or inside metallic objects, oth-erwise communications withBluetooth® system or cellular serv-ice stations can be disturbed.


(Continued)

(Continued)• Some Bluetooth® devices may

cause interference noise or mal-function to audio system. In thiscase, store the device in a differentlocation may resolve the condition.

• While a device is connectedthrough Bluetooth®, your devicemay discharge quicker than usualfor additional Bluetooth®-relatedoperations.

• The handsfree call volume andquality may differ depending on theBluetooth® device.

• If Connection Priority is set uponvehicle ignition (IGN/ACC ON), theBluetooth® device will be automat-ically connected. Even if you areoutside, the Bluetooth® device willbe automatically connected onceyou are in the vicinity of the vehi-cle. If you do not want to automati-cally connect your Bluetooth®

device, turn off the Bluetooth® fea-ture in your Bluetooth® device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• In some Bluetooth® devices, start-

ing the ignition while talkingthrough Bluetooth® enabledhandsfree call will result in the callbecoming disconnected due to carhandsfree call transfer. If you useyour phone outside the vehicle,turn off the Bluetooth® feature inyour phone.

NOTICE

BBluetooth® Connection Before you can use the Bluetooth®

feature, you must first pair/connectyour Bluetooth® device to your car.

Pairing a New Device

Press the [PHONE] button in thehead unit or [CALL] button in thesteering wheel remote control.

In your Bluetooth® device,1. Pair your car after your Bluetooth®

device detects the Bluetooth®

device. 2. Enter the passkey(0000) or accept

the authorization popup.3. Connect Bluetooth®.

For devices that require passkeyconfirmation, a 6-digit passkey inputscreen is shown in the Bluetooth®

device & Audio. After confirming thatthe 6-digit passkey on the audioscreen and the Bluetooth® deviceare identical, select [OK] in yourBluetooth® device.

InformationThe 6-digit passkey in the imageabove is an example. Refer to yourvehicle for the actual passkey.

Information• Up to 5 Bluetooth® devices can be

paired.

• The default passkey is 0000.

• During a Bluetooth® device connec-tion, another device cannot be paired.

• The Vehicle Name above is an exam-ple. Check the actual informationon the product.

• Pairing and connecting aBluetooth® enabled Bluetooth®

device will work only when theBluetooth® option within yourBluetooth® device has been turnedon. (Methods of turning on theBluetooth® enabled feature may dif-fer depending on the Bluetooth®

device.)

• After pairing is complete, a contactsdownload request is sent to theBluetooth® device. Some Bluetooth®

devices may require confirmationupon receiving a download request.Ensure your Bluetooth® deviceaccepts the connection. Refer to yourphone’s user manual for additionalinformation regarding phone pairingand connections.

i

i

Connecting Bluetooth® Devices

Press the [[PHONE] button in thehead unit or [CALL] button in thesteering wheel remote control �Select the name of the device to con-nect � Connect Bluetooth®.• Connects the Bluetooth® devices

that you add.

Information• Only one Bluetooth® device can be

connected at a time.

• Bluetooth® features supported with-in the vehicle are as follows. Somefeatures may not be supporteddepending on your Bluetooth®

device.

- Outgoing/Incoming Handsfreecalls

- Operations during a call: Switchto Private, Switch to call waiting,MIC on/off

- Downloading Call History

- Downloading Contacts

- Bluetooth® device Auto Connection

- Bluetooth® Audio Streaming

Bluetooth PhoneFavorites

Press the [PHONE] button � Select[Favorites].• Displays Phone Menu screen. • The connected device name is dis-

played in the top of the display.

• : Call signal strength indicator.• : Battery level of the Bluetooth®

devices connected.

i

• Lists the phone numbers saved asFavorites. Select from the list todial the number.

Displays Menu Popup when pressingthe [[MENU] button.• Add New Favorites: Adds a phone

number to Favorites.• Delete Items: Deletes numbers that

you select from Favorites.• Delete All: Deletes all of the num-

bers from Favorites.

Information• Up to 20 favorites can be saved in

favorites of each device.

• Downloading favorites in yourBluetooth® device does not be sup-ported.

• To save favorite, contacts should bedownloaded.

• Contact saved in favorites will notbe automatically updated if the con-tact has been updated in the phone.To update Favorites, delete thefavorite and create a new favorite.

Call History

Press the [PHONE] button � Select[Call History].• Displays all of your call history. Select

from the list to dial the number.

Displays Menu Popup when pressingthe [MENU] button.• Download: Downloads the call his-

tory information from yourBluetooth® device.

• All Calls: Lists the all call history.• Dialed Calls: Lists the calls that

you made.• Received Calls: Lists the calls that

you have received.• Missed Calls: Lists the calls you

missed.

i

IInformation• Call history may not be saved in the

call history list in some Bluetooth®

devices.

• Calls from restricted ID’s are notsaved in the call history list.

• Up to 50 calls can be added in eachDialed Calls/Received Calls/MissedCalls list.

• The durations of each dialed/receivedcall are not displayed in your car’sCall History list.

• While the call history download is inprogress, the status bar displays anicon ( ).

• If the call history download isturned off on the Bluetooth® device,the call history download will fail.

• Some devices require a deviceauthentication for downloadingyour call history. If download fails,check if the Bluetooth® settings ordisplay status are normal.

Contacts

Press the [PHONE] button � Select[Contacts].• Displays the list of Contacts. Select

from the list to dial the number.

Displays Menu Popup when pressingthe [MENU] button.• Download: Downloads contacts

from your Bluetooth® device.• A-Z Jump: Finds a contact in an

alphabetical order.

Requesting Download

Some devices require a deviceauthentication for downloading yourcall history and contacts. If download fails, check theBluetooth® device settings or thescreen state.

Information• Up to 2000 phone numbers can be

downloaded from a single, pairedBluetooth® device.

• You cannot edit or delete down-loaded phone numbers from yourcar.

• Contacts can be viewed only whenthe Bluetooth® device is connected.

(Continued)

i

i

(Continued)

• Even if the Bluetooth® device is dis-connected, the downloaded data willremain. (Note that deleting a paireddevice will also delete all down-loaded Contacts and Call Historydata)

• Downloaded phone numbers maybe lost depending on the conditionof the head unit. Keep your impor-tant data in a safe place.

• The status bar displays a ( ) whiledownloading contacts.

• The download will not be availableif the contacts download function isturned off on your Bluetooth®

device.

• Phone contact names should besaved in English or they may not bedisplayed correctly.

• The time of contacts/call historydownload may differ depending onthe Bluetooth® devices.

• Some devices require a deviceauthentication for downloadingyour contacts. If download fails,check your phone screen and con-firm the download if necessary.

Accept/Reject Call

If there is an incoming call, a popupmessage will appear.

• To answer the incoming call, select[Accept] on the screen or press the[[CALL] button on the steering wheelremote control.

• To reject the call, select [Reject] onthe screen or press the [END] but-ton on the steering wheel control.

InformationIn some Bluetooth® devices, thecaller’s number may not be displayed,and the Reject feature may not be sup-ported.

Using the Menu During a Phone Call

When making a call, you can use thefollowing menu items.

(1) Private: Switches a voice callfrom the car Hands-free to theBluetooth® device.

(2) End: Ends a call.Displays Menu Popup when pressingthe [MENU] button.• Outgoing Volume: Displays the Mic

Volume settings. You can adjust thein-call volume that the other partyhears (level 1 - 5).

i

IInformation• Up to 2000 phone numbers can be

downloaded from a single, pairedBluetooth® device.

• If the caller’s number is listed inContacts, the caller’s name will bedisplayed. Otherwise, only the num-ber will be displayed. In someBluetooth® devices, the phone num-ber may not be displayed.

• In some Bluetooth® devices, the UsePrivate feature may not be supported.

• In some Bluetooth® devices, theSwitch feature may not be supported.

• The phone number may not beproperly displayed in someBluetooth® devices.

• During a phone call on a Bluetooth®

Handsfree, you cannot access othermodes, such as Radio and Setup.

• Depending on handset types, the in-call volume the other party hearsmay differ. If the other party hearsyour voice too low or too loud,adjust the mic volume.

Phone settings

Press the [PHONE] button � Select[Phone settings].• Moves to a screen of Phone

Settings. Refer to Setup ➟ Phonemanual for more information.

Setup

DisplayPress the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Display].• Media Display: When playing an

MP3 file, select the desired displayinfo from [Folder/File] or[Artist/Title/Album].

• Mode Popup: During [On] state,press the [RADIO] or [MEDIA] but-ton to display the mode changepopup.

• Text Scroll: If MP3 file name is toolong to display, the file name isscrolled from right to left.

i

SSoundPress the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Sound].• Position: Selects the sound position.• Tone: Selects the sound tone.• Speed Dependent Vol.: Controls

the volume level automaticallyaccording to the speed of the vehi-cle.

Date/TimePress the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Date/Time].• Set Time: Adjusts the number cur-

rently in focus to set the [hour], andpress the TUNE knob to set the[minute] and [AM/PM].

• Time Format: Sets the 12/24 hourtime format of the audio system.

• Set Date: Adjusts the number cur-rently in focus to make the settingsand press the TUNE knob to moveto the next settings.

• Display(Power Off): Displaystime/date on screen when theaudio system turns power off.

Phone (if equipped)Add New Device

Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Phone] � Select [Add NewDevice].• The following steps are the same

as those described in the section[Pairing a New Device] on the pre-vious page.

Connect/Disconnect Device

Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Phone] � Select [Paireddevices].• Displays the paired Bluetooth®

device list. • From the paired device list, select

the device you want to connect ordisconnect.

Information• Displays the icons when Bluetooth®

device is connected.

: An icon appears when you makea Bluetooth® Audio connection.

: An icon appears when you makea Bluetooth® Handsfree connection.

• Only one Bluetooth® device can beconnected at a time.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree andBluetooth® Audio functions are sup-ported. Handsfree and audio-sup-ported devices, such as a Bluetooth®

smartphone or audio, will functionnormally.

• If the system is not stable due to avehicle- Bluetooth® device commu-nication error, delete the paireddevice on each device and pair/con-nect the Bluetooth® device again.

i

Delete Devices

Press the [[SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Phone] � Select [DeleteDevices].• Displays the paired Bluetooth®

device list.• When selecting from the list, the

device is deleted.

Information• When you delete a paired device, the

Call History and Contacts stored inthe head unit are also deleted.

• To re-use a deleted device, you mustpair the device again.

Connection Priority

Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Phone] � Select [ConnectionPriority].• Select the device to want to set the

connection priority of paireddevices.

• If “None” is chosen, the Bluetooth®

system will try to connect to thelast connected device, then to allpaired devices.

Information• When the engine is running, the

selected Bluetooth® device is auto-matically connected. If you fail toconnect the selected device, the pre-viously-connected device is auto-matically connected, and if it alsofails, then it tries to connect allpaired devices sequentially.

• Depending on auto connection pri-ority, connection to a device maytake time.

• If a Bluetooth® device becomes dis-connected due to being out of com-munication range, turning thedevice OFF, or a Bluetooth® com-munication error, correspondingBluetooth® devices are automatical-ly searched and reconnected.

• Even if you are outside, the Bluetooth®

device will be automatically connectedonce you are in the vicinity of the vehi-cle. If you do not want to automatical-ly connect your Bluetooth® device,turn off the Bluetooth® feature in yourBluetooth® device.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• In some Bluetooth® devices, startingthe ignition while talking throughBluetooth® enabled handsfree callwill result in the call becoming dis-connected due to car handsfree calltransfer. If you use your phone out-side the vehicle, turn off theBluetooth® feature in your phone.

LanguagePress the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Language].• Changes the display language.

Display OffPress the [SETUP/CLOCK] button �Select [Display Off].• Audio operation is maintained and

only the screen will be turned Off.In the Screen Off state, press anybutton to turn the Screen On again.

i

i

C7H4H0000EG_IND

■ Type C

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

SSteering wheel remote control

❈ The actual features in the car maydiffer from the illustration.

(1) MUTE• Press Button to mutes the audio (It

will be pause in BT music mode).• Mutes the microphone during a

call.

(2) VOLUME• Press to adjust the volume.

(3) CALL• Pressing the button.

- If not in Bluetooth® Handsfreemode or receiving a phone call.First press: Display Dial Numberscreen.Second press: Automatically dis-play the most recently DialedCall number.Third press: Dial the phone num-ber entered.

- Press in the Incoming Call notifi-cation screen to accept thephone call.

• In 3-way call, press in Bluetoothhands-free mode to switch to wait-ing call.

• Single press, puts call on hold toun hold press once again.

• Pressing and holding the button.(more than 1.0 second)- If not in Bluetooth® Handsfree

mode or receiving a phone call,the most recently Dialed Callnumber is dialed.

- Press in Bluetooth® Handsfreemode to transfer the call to yourcell phone.

- Press in cell phone mode toswitch to Bluetooth® Handsfreemode.

(4) END• Press in Bluetooth® Handsfree

mode to end the phone call.• Press in the incoming call screen

to reject the call.

(5) MMODE• If any media is connected, each

time this is pressed, it togglesbetween the connected mediamodes & radio modes (FM, AM,DRM).

• If no media is connected, eachtime this is pressed, it togglesbetween the radio modes (FM ➟AM ➟ DRM ➟ FM).

• Press and hold the button to turnoff.

(6) UP/DOWN• Press the button in radio mode to

cycle between the FM/AM andDRM frequencies in the order asstored in the presets.

• Press and hold the button in radiomode to search for the next avail-able frequency.

• Press the button in media mode tochange the current song. (exceptAUX)

• Press and hold the button in mediamode to quick search throughsongs. (except Bluetooth®(BT)Audio and AUX)

• Do not stare at the screen whiledriving. Staring at the screen forprolonged periods of time couldlead to traffic accidents.

• Do not disassemble, assemble,or modify the audio system.Such acts could result in acci-dents, fire, or electric shock.

• Using the phone while drivingmay lead to a lack of attention oftraffic conditions and increasethe likelihood of accidents. Usethe phone feature after parkingthe vehicle.

• Exercise caution not to spillwater or introduce foreignobjects into the device. Suchacts could lead to smoke, fire, orproduct malfunction.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)• Please refrain from use if the

screen is blank or no sound canbe heard as these signs mayindicate product malfunction.Continued use in such conditionscould lead to accidents (fires,electric shock) or product mal-functions.

• Do not touch the antenna duringthunder or lightening as suchacts may lead to lightninginduced electric shock.

• Do not stop or park in parking-restricted areas to operate theproduct. Such acts could lead totraffic accidents.

• Use the system with the vehicleengine turned on. Prolongeduse with the ignition turned ononly could result in battery dis-charge.

•• Operating the device while drivingcould lead to accidents due to alack of attention to external sur-roundings. First park the vehiclebefore operating the device.

• Adjust the volume to levels thatallow the driver to hear soundsfrom outside of the vehicle. Drivingin a state where external soundscannot be heard may lead to acci-dents.

• Pay attention to the volume settingwhen turning the device on. A sud-den output of extreme volumeupon turning the device on couldlead to hearing impairment. (Adjustthe volume to a suitable levelsbefore turning off the device.)

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn on the car engine before

using this device. Do not operatethe audio system for long periodsof time only with the ignition turnedon as such operations may lead tobattery discharge.

• Do not subject the device to severeshock or impact. Direct pressureonto the front side of the monitormay cause damage to the LCD.

• When cleaning the device, makesure to turn off the device and usea dry and smooth cloth. Never usetough materials, chemical cloths,or solvents (alcohol, benzene, thin-ners, etc.). As such materials maydamage the device panel or causecolor/quality deterioration.

(Continued)

NOTICE

Driving while distracted can resultin a loss of vehicle control thatmay lead to an accident, severepersonal injury, and death. Thedriver’s primary responsibility is inthe safe and legal operation of avehicle, and use of any handhelddevices, other equipment, or vehi-cle systems which take the dri-ver’s eyes, attention and focusaway from the safe operation of avehicle or which are not permissi-ble by law should never be usedduring operation of the vehicle.

WARNING

((Continued)• Do not place beverages close to

the audio system. Spilling bever-ages may lead to system malfunc-tion.

• In case of product malfunction,please contact your place of pur-chase or After Service center.


• Prevent caustic solutions such asperfume and cosmetic oil fromcontacting the dashboard becausethey may cause damage or discol-oration.

Information on status iconsIcons showing audio status are shownin the upper-right corner of the screen.

Icon Description

Mute Mute engaged

BluetoothRemote

Controller

Bluetooth RemoteControl available

BatteryRemaining battery lifeof a connectedBluetooth® device

Handsfree +Audio stream-ing connection

Bluetooth® Handsfreecall and audio stream-ing available

Handsfreeconnection

Bluetooth® Handsfreecall available

Bluetooth®

audio streamingBluetooth® audiostreaming available

Downloadingcontacts

Downloading contactsthrough Bluetooth®

wireless communica-tions

Icon Description

Line busy Phone call in progress

Mute micMic muted during acall (caller cannothear your voice)

Phone signalstrength

Display the phone sig-nal strength for a cellphone connected byBluetooth®

RRadio

FM/AM Mode

(1) Band

Switch between FM, AM and DRM.

(2) Presets

View all presets.

(3) List

View all available stations.

(4) Menu

Navigate to the menu screen.

Switching between FM, AM and DRM

• Press the [RADIO] button on theaudio system to switch betweenFM, AM and DRM.

• Select [Band] on the screen toswitch between FM, AM and DRM.

Searching stations

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button tosearch stations.

List

A list of all available stations in thevehicle’s current location is dis-played. Select the desired station.Favorite stations can be saved to[Presets] by selecting [save].Select the refresh icon in orderto update the list of available stationsat the vehicle’s current location whilein FM/AM Mode.

Presets

Save up to 40 frequently used stations.To listen to a preset, select thedesired station list.Press and hold the desired slot from1 through 40. This saves the currentstation in the selected slot.If the slot is empty, simply selectingsaves the station to the slot.

Menu

Select [Menu], and select the desiredfunction.• Scan: All available stations are

played for five seconds each.• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-

tings can be changed.

DDRM Mode

❈ The actual features may differfrom the illustration. May changeaccording to the transmission con-tent of DRM.

(1) Band

Switch between FM, AM and DRM.

(2) Presets

View all presets.

(3) Services �Cycle between the services availablewith the broadcasting frequency.

(4) Menu


(5) No signal

When no signal or weak signal inDRM Mode, Display No signal icon.

(6) Services Index

• Displays the number of servicesavailable with the broadcasting fre-quency.

• Highlights the currently receivingservice.

• No. of services depends on thebroadcasting station and it mayvary from 1 ~ 4.

(7) Text Information

Text Information may or may not beavailable and it depends on thebroadcasting station.

Switching between FM, AM and DRM

• Press the [RADIO] button on theaudio system to switch betweenFM, AM and DRM.

• Select [Band] on the screen toswitch between FM, AM and DRM.

Searching stations

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button tosearch stations.

Presets

Save up to 40 frequently used stations.To listen to a preset, select thedesired station list.Press and hold the desired slot from1 through 40. This saves the currentstation in the selected slot.If the slot is empty, simply selectingsaves the station to the slot.

Changing Service

• Select [Services �] in order tocycle between the available servic-es from 1 ➟ 2 ➟ 3 ➟ 4 ➟ 1.

• Number of services depends onthe broadcasting station and canvary between 1 ~ 4.

IInformation• DRM (Digital Radio Mondiale) is a

digital replacement of AM, an initia-tive by All India Radio (AIR).

• DRM is available in only few citiesin India as of now & AIR is expand-ing this technology to other regionsof the country also.

• The DRM transmission range & thetimings depends on the AIR trans-mission schedule.

• After you tuned to a receivableDRM station, it may take a few sec-onds to decode the audio. This is nota issue but the nature of the digitalsignal.

• The text information/Weather/News Report completely depends onthe DRM broadcaster.

• You may experience a mute whilereceiving a DRM station, if there is aloss of signal or any obstructionsaround the car location like hightension power lines, tunnels, metalbridges and multi-storied buildings.

• Emergency Warning is the soleresponsibility of All India Radio, asthey transmit this warning in case ofemergency.

Menu

Select [Menu], and select the desiredfunction.• Weather/News Report: Enable or

disable Weather/News Report.• Scan: All available stations are

played for five seconds each.• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-


Emergency Warning

You can receive a emergency warn-ing on your screen if Indian govern-ment or All India Radio (AIR) raisesan alarm of emergency across thecountry through DRM transmission.

Information• The system may switch to DRM

mode even though you are in othermodes/turned off the system whilerunning the car.

• This is a initiation by Indian gov-ernment in the interest of publicsafety.

i

i

MMedia

Information - Using MP3Supported audio formats

File formats other than the formatsabove may not be recognized orplayable. Information such as file-name may not be displayed.

Range of supported file types

1. Bitrate range (Kbps)

2. Bit Per Sample range (bit)

3. Sampling frequency (Hz)

• The sound quality of MP3/WMAcompressed and WAV files mayvary depending on the bitrate. (Ahigher bitrate can have bettersound quality.)

• The product only recognizes fileswith the MP3, WMA or WAV exten-sion. Files without one of theseextensions are not recognized.

4. Number of recognizable foldersand files

• Folders: 2,000 for USB• Files: 6,000 for USB• No recognition limit for folder hier-

archies.

5. Character display range (Unicode)• Filenames: Up to 64 English char-

acters (64 Korean characters)• Foldernames: Up to 32 English

characters (32 Korean characters)

NOTICE

i

TThe scroll feature can be used to dis-play file and folder names that aretoo long to display on the screen.

Languages supported (Unicode sup-port)

• Korean: 2,604 characters• English: 94 characters• Common Chinese characters:

4,888 characters• Special symbols: 986 characters

Japanese/Simplified Chinese charac-ters are not supported.

Information- Using the USB Devices

• Starting the vehicle while a USBdevice is connected can damage thedevice. Please disconnect USBdevices before starting the vehicle.

• Starting the vehicle or stopping theengine while an external USB deviceis connected can result in failure ofthe external USB device to operate.

• Be cautious of static electricity whenconnecting/disconnecting externalUSB devices.

• An encrypted MP3 player is not rec-ognized when connected as an exter-nal device.

• External USB devices may not berecognized, depending on the stateof the external USB device.

• Only products with byte/sectors for-matted at 4 KB or lower are recog-nized.

• Only USB devices in FAT12/16/32format are recognized; NTFS andExFAT file systems are not recog-nized.

• Some USB devices are not recog-nized due to compatibility issues.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• Do not touch the USB connections.

• Connecting and disconnecting USBdevices rapidly over a short periodof time can cause equipment failure.

• Abnormal sounds may be audiblewhen the USB device is disconnect-ed.

• Turn the audio off before connectingor disconnecting external USBdevices.

• Recognition may take longerdepending on the type, capacity orfile format of the external USBdevice. This is not a product mal-function.

• Use of USB devices for purposesother than playing music files is pro-hibited.

• Image display and video playbackare not supported.

• Use of USB accessories, includingcharge and heat through the USBinterface, can lead to reduced prod-uct performance or malfunctions.Do not use USB devices or acces-sories for these purposes.

(Continued)

NOTICE

NOTICE i

(Continued)

• Use of aftermarket USB hubs andextension cables can result in thevehicle’s audio system failing to rec-ognize your USB device. Connectthe USB device directly to the multi-media port of your vehicle.

• When using high-capacity USBdevices with logical drive divisions,only files saved on the highest levellogical drive can be played.

If applications are loaded on a USBdrive, file playback may fail.

• Some MP3 players, cell phones, dig-ital cameras, etc. (USB devices thatare not recognized as mobile stor-age) may not operate normallywhen connected.

• USB charging may not be supportedby some mobile devices.

• Operation is guaranteed only forstandard (Metal Cover Type) USBMemory drives.

• Operation of HDD, CF, SD andmemory stick devices is not guaran-teed.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• DRM (Digital Rights Management)files cannot be played.

• SD-type USB memory, CF-typeUSB memory, and other USB mem-ory devices that require adaptersfor connection are not supported.

• Proper operation of USB HDDs orUSB drives with connectors thatloosen due to vehicle vibrations isnot guaranteed. (iStick, etc.)

• USB products that areused as key chains orcell phone accessoriesmay damage the USBjack and affect properfile playback. Please refrain fromuse. Use only products with plugconnectors, as shown in the follow-ing illustration.

• When MP3 devices or cell phonesare connected simultaneouslythrough AUX, BT Audio and USBmodes, a popping noise or malfunc-tion may occur.

• Use USB 2.0 devices for better com-patibility. Maximum device sizesupported is 32 GB.

UUSB

(1) Repeat

Enable/disable repeat mode.

(2) Shuffle

Enable/disable shuffle mode.

(3) List

View a list of all categories.

(4) Menu


(5) Album Image

View song info.

(6) Pause

Pause or play music.

(7) Playback progress

Select to skip to the desired location.

Playback

• Press the [[MEDIA] button, andselect [USB].

• Connect a USB drive to the USBport to automatically play files onthe USB drive.

Changing songs

• Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button toplay the previous or next song.

• Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]button to rewind or fast forward thecurrently playing song.

• Search songs by rotating TUNEknob, and press the knob to play.

Selecting songs from a list

Select [List] to see a list of songsavailable for play.

Select and play the desired song.

Repeat mode

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current song’,‘Repeat folder’ or ‘Repeat category’play.• Repeat all: All songs in the

playlist are repeated.• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.• Repeat folder: All songs in the

current folder are repeated.• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.

InformationThe repeat folder function is availableonly when songs are playing from the[File] category under [List].

Shuffle mode

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle folder’ or ‘Shufflecategory’ play.• Shuffle: All Songs are played

in random order.• Shuffle folder: Songs within

the current folder are played in ran-dom order

• Shuffle category: Songs withinthe current category are played inrandom order.

Menu

Select [Menu], and select the desiredfunction.• Information: Detailed information

on the currently playing song is dis-played.

• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-tings can be changed.

i

IInformation- Using the iPod® Devices

• To use the audio system’s iPod® con-trol function, use the dedicatedcable provided with your iPod®.

• Connecting the iPod® to the vehicleduring play may result in a loudnoise that lasts about one to two sec-onds. Connect the iPod® to the vehi-cle after stopping or pausing play.

• Connect the iPod® with the vehicle inthe ACC ON state to begin charging.

• When connecting the iPod® cable,be sure to fully push the cable intothe port.

• When Equalizer effects are enabledsimultaneously on external devices,such as iPod®s and the audio sys-tem, the Equalizer effects may over-lap, causing sound quality deterio-ration or distortion. Deactivate theEqualizer function for all externaldevices, if possible.

• Noise may occur when your iPod®

or the AUX port is connected.Disconnect and store separatelywhen not in use.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• There may be noise if the audio sys-tem is used with an iPod® or AUXexternal device connected to thepower jack. In these cases, discon-nect the iPod® or external devicefrom the power jack.

• Play may be interrupted, or devicemalfunctions may occur dependingon the characteristics of youriPod®/iPhone®/iPad®.

• Play may fail if your iPhone® is con-nected through both Bluetooth® andUSB. In this case, select Dock con-nector or Bluetooth® on youriPhone® to change the sound outputsettings.

• If your software version does notsupport the communication proto-col or your iPod® is not recognizeddue to device failure, anomalies ordefects, iPod® mode cannot be used.

• iPod® nano (5th generation) devicesmay not be recognized if the batteryis low. Charge sufficiently before use.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• The search and song play order inthe iPod® device may be differentfrom the search order in the audiosystem.

• If the iPod® has failed due to aninternal defect, please reset theiPod® (consult your iPod® manual).

• Depending on the software version,the iPod® may fail to sync with thesystem. If the media is removed ordisconnected before recognition, theprevious mode may not be restored(iPad® cannot be charged).

• Cables other than the 1-meter cableprovided with iPod®/iPhone®/iPad®

products may not be recognized.

• When other music apps are used onyour iPod®, the system sync func-tion may fail due to malfunction ofthe iPod® application.

i

iiPod®

(1) Repeat

Enable/disable repeat mode.

(2) Shuffle

Enable/disable shuffle mode.

(3) List

View a list of all categories.

(4) Menu


(5) Album Image

View song info.

(6) Pause


(7) Playback progress

Select to skip to the desired location.

Playback

Connect your iPod® to the audioUSB port, press the [MEDIA] button,and select [iPod].

Changing songs

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button toplay the previous or next song.Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]button to rewind or fast forward thecurrently playing song.Search songs by rotating the TUNEknob, and press the knob to play.

Selecting songs from a list

Select [List] to see a list of songsavailable for play.Select and play the desired song.

Repeat mode

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable‘Repeat category’, ‘Repeat currentsong’ play.• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.

Shuffle mode

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable‘Shuffle category’ play.• Shuffle category: Songs within

the current category are played inrandom order.

Menu

Select [Menu], and select the desiredfunction.• Information: Detailed info on the

currently playing song is displayed.• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-


When playing Audio from otherApplications in iPod®

When Audio is playing through aseparate app in iPod®®, the abovescreen is displayed.(1) Play/Pause: Pause or play music.

(2) Play iPod Files: Play music savedon your iPod®.

(3) Sound Settings: Audio sound set-tings can be changed.

(4) Album Image: View playback info.

Playing iPod files

Select [Play iPod Files] to play songssaved on your iPod®.If there are no songs saved on youriPod®, the [Play iPod Files] is dis-abled.

Information Operation cannot be carried out cor-rectly due to iPod® application mal-function.

Information- Using Bluetooth® (BT) Audio

• Bluetooth® Audio mode can only beused if a Bluetooth®-enabled phoneis connected. Only devices that sup-port Bluetooth® audio can be used.

• If the Bluetooth®-enabled phone isdisconnected during play, the musicstops.

• When the TRACK UP/DOWN but-tons are used during Bluetooth®

audio streaming, a popping noise orsound interruptions may occur,depending on the cell phone device.

• Depending on the cell phone model,the audio streaming function maynot be supported.

• If a phone call is made or receivedwhen music is playing in Bluetooth®

Audio mode, the call may mix withthe music.

• When returning to Bluetooth®

Audio mode after ending a call, playmight not resume automatically forsome cell phone models.

i

i

•• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a featurethat enables drivers to practicesafe driving. Connecting the caraudio system with a Bluetooth®

phone allows the user to conve-niently make calls, receive calls,and manage the phone book.Before using the Bluetooth®, care-fully read the contents of thisuser’s manual.

• Excessive use or operations whiledriving may lead to negligent driv-ing practices and be the cause ofaccidents.

• Do not operate the device exces-sively while driving.

• Viewing the screen for prolongedperiods of time is dangerous andmay lead to accidents.

• When driving, view the screen onlyfor short periods of time.

Bluetooth® (BT) Audio

(1) Repeat

Enable/disable repeat play mode.

(2) Shuffle

Enable/disable shuffle play mode.

(3) Menu


(4) Play/Pause


Information • Depending on the connected

Bluetooth device, mobile phone, orthe music player you are using,playback controls may differ.

• Depending on the music player youare using, streaming may not besupported.

• Some cell phone models may notsupport particular functions.

• Bluetooth® audio volume is syncedwith cell phone media volume.

Playback

Press the [MEDIA] button, and select[BT Audio].

Changing songs

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button toplay the previous or next song.

Information Some cell phones may not support thisfunction.

NOTICE

i

i

Repeat mode

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current song’ or‘Repeat category’ play.• Repeat all: All songs in the

playlist are repeated.• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.

IInformation The repeat play function is engaged,depending on the operation of the con-nected Bluetooth® device.

Shuffle mode

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle category’ play.• Shuffle: All Songs are played

in random order.• Shuffle category: Songs within

the current category are played inrandom order.

Information The shuffle function is engaged,depending on the operation of the con-nected Bluetooth® device.

Menu

Select [Menu], and select the desiredfunction.• Connections: The currently con-

nected Bluetooth® device can bechanged.

• Information: Detailed informationon the currently playing song is dis-played.

• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-tings can be changed.

AUX

Running AUX

Press the [MEDIA] button, and select[AUX].

Connect the external device connec-tion jack to the AUX terminal to runAUX.(1) Sound Settings: Audio sound set-


i

i

PPhone

Information - Using Bluetooth® (BT) Phone

• Bluetooth® is a near-field wirelessnetworking technology that uses the2.4 GHz frequency to connect vari-ous devices within a certain distancewirelessly.

• The technology is used in PCs,peripherals, Bluetooth® phones,tablet PCs, household appliancesand automobiles. Devices support-ing Bluetooth® can exchange data athigh speeds without physical cableconnections.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree devices enableconvenient access to phone func-tions through cell phones equippedwith Bluetooth®.

• Some Bluetooth® devices may not besupported by the Bluetooth®

Handsfree function.

(Continued)

(Continued)

• When Bluetooth® is connected andcalls are attempted through a con-nected cell phone from outside thevehicle, the call is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® Handsfreefunction of the vehicle.

• Please be sure to disconnect theBluetooth® Handsfree functionthrough your Bluetooth® device orthe audio screen.

Safety precautions

• The Bluetooth® Handsfree functionhelps drivers to drive safely. Byconnecting a Bluetooth®-enabledphone to the vehicle’s audio sys-tem, phone calls can be made andreceived through the audio systemand contacts can be managed.Consult the user manual beforeuse.

• Excessive manipulation of controlswhile driving, making it difficult topay attention to the road ahead,can lead to accidents. Do not oper-ate the device excessively whiledriving.

• Looking at the screen for a pro-longed time increases the risk ofaccidents. Keep time spent lookingat the screen to a minimum.

i

Precautions when connectingBluetooth® devices

• The vehicle supports the followingBluetooth®® functions. SomeBluetooth® devices may not sup-port some functions.1) Bluetooth® Handsfree phone

calls2) Operations during a call

(Private, Switch, Out Vol. con-trols)

3) Download call history saved tothe Bluetooth® device

4) Download contacts saved to theBluetooth® device

5) Automatic contacts/call historydownload when Bluetooth® isconnected

6) Automatic Bluetooth® deviceconnection when the vehicle isstarted

7) Bluetooth® audio streamingplayback

• Before connecting the audio sys-tem to your device, make sure yourdevice supports Bluetooth®.

• Even if your device supportsBluetooth®, a Bluetooth® connec-tion cannot be established if thedevice’s Bluetooth® function isswitched off. Search and connectwith the Bluetooth® functionenabled.

• Pairing Bluetooth® devices anduse of other Bluetooth® featuresare not supported when the vehicleis in motion. For safety, please firstpark your vehicle.

• If a Bluetooth® connection is lostdue to abnormal conditions while aBluetooth® device is connected(communication range exceeded,device power OFF, communicationerrors, etc.), the disconnectedBluetooth® device is searched forand automatically reconnected.

• If you want to disable theBluetooth® device auto-connectfunction, turn the Bluetooth® func-tion OFF on your device. Consultthe user manuals for individualdevices to see whether Bluetooth®

is supported.• Handsfree call quality and volume

may vary depending on the type ofBluetooth® device.

• Some Bluetooth® devices are sub-ject to intermittent Bluetooth® con-nection failures. In this case, usethe following method.1) Turn the Bluetooth® function off

on your Bluetooth® device ➟Turn it on and try again.

2) Delete the paired device fromboth the audio system andBluetooth® device, then pairagain.

3) Power down your Bluetooth®

device ➟ Turn it on and tryagain.

4) Completely remove the batteryfrom your Bluetooth® device;reinsert it, reboot, and attemptconnection.

5) Restart the vehicle and reat-tempt connection.

PPairing a Bluetooth® deviceInformation on pairing Bluetooth®

devices

• Pairing refers to the process ofpairing Bluetooth® cell phones ordevices with the system prior toconnection. This is a necessaryprocedure for Bluetooth® connec-tion and usage.

• Up to five devices can be paired.• Pairing Bluetooth® device is not

allowed while vehicle is moving.

Pairing the first Bluetooth® devices

Press the [PHONE] button on theaudio system or the [CALL] button onthe steering wheel remote control ➟Search for the vehicle from theBluetooth® device, and pair ➟ Enterthe passkey on the Bluetooth® deviceor approve passkey ➟ Bluetooth®

pairing completed.

1. When the [PHONE] button on theaudio system or the [CALL] buttonon the steering wheel remote con-trol is pressed, the followingscreen is displayed. Devices cannow be paired.

(1) Vehicle name: Searched name inBluetooth® device.

Information The vehicle name in the image aboveis an example. Refer to your device forthe actual name of your device.

2. Search for available Bluetooth®

devices in the Bluetooth® menu ofyour Bluetooth® device (cellphone, etc.).

3. Confirm that the vehicle name inyour Bluetooth® device matchesthe vehicle name shown on theaudio screen, then select it.

4-1. For devices that require passkeyentry, a passkey entry screen isshown on your Bluetooth®

device.- Enter the passkey ‘0000’, in your

Bluetooth® device.4-2. For devices that require passkey

confirmation, the followingscreen is shown on the audiosystem. A 6-digit passkey inputscreen is shown in theBluetooth® device.

- After confirming that the 6-digitpasskey on the audio screenand the Bluetooth® device areidentical, select [OK] in yourBluetooth® device.

i

IInformation The 6-digit passkey in the imageabove is an example. Refer to yourvehicle for the actual passkey.

Pairing a second Bluetooth® device

Press the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Bluetooth] ➟Select [Connections] ➟ Select [AddNew].

- The pairing procedure from thispoint is identical to [Pairing the firstBluetooth device].

Information• Bluetooth® standby mode lasts for

three minutes. If a device is notpaired within three minutes, pairingis canceled. Start over from thebeginning.

• For most Bluetooth® devices, a con-nection is established automaticallyafter pairing. Some devices, howev-er, require separate confirmationwhen connecting after pairing. Besure to check your Bluetooth® deviceafter pairing to confirm that it hasconnected.

Connecting Bluetooth® devicesIf there are no connected devices

Press the [PHONE] button on theaudio system or the [CALL] button inthe steering wheel remote control ➟List of paired Bluetooth® devices ➟Select the desired Bluetooth® devicefrom the list ➟ Connect Bluetooth®.

i i

If there are connected devices

Press the [[PHONE] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Settings] ➟Select [Connections] ➟ SelectBluetooth® device to connect ➟ Select[Connect] ➟ Connect Bluetooth®.

Information• Only two Bluetooth® devices can be

connected. One for Calls and Musicand the other for Remote control.

• When a Bluetooth® device is connect-ed, other devices cannot be paired.

Accepting/rejecting phone callsReceiving phone calls withBluetooth® connected.

(1) Caller name: If the caller numberis in your contacts, the correspon-ding name is displayed.

(2) Incoming phone number: Incomingphone number is displayed.

(3) Accept: Accept call.(4) Reject: Reject call.

Information• When the incoming call screen is

displayed, audio mode and the set-tings screen cannot be shown. Onlycall volume control is supported.

• Some Bluetooth® may not support thecall reject function.

• Some Bluetooth® devices may notsupport the phone number displayfunction.

i

i

OOperation during calls Incoming call with Bluetooth® con-nected ➟ Select [Accept].

(1) Display Call duration: Call dura-tion display.

(2) Caller name: If the caller numberis in your contacts, the correspon-ding name is displayed.

(3) Incoming phone number:Incoming phone number is dis-played.

(4) Keypad: Number keypad forAutomatic Response Serviceinput is displayed.

(5) Private: Call is transferred to acell phone.

(6) Outgoing Volume: Adjust outgo-ing voice volume.

(7) End: End call.

Information• Some Bluetooth® devices may not

support the Private function.

• The outgoing voice volume may varydepending on the type of Bluetooth®

device. If the outgoing voice volume istoo high or low, adjust theMicrophone Outgoing Volume.

FavoritesPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Favorites] ➟Favorites list displayed.

(1) Favorites list: A list of pairedfavorite is displayed.Connect a call when selected.

(2) Add to Favorites: Add a down-loaded phone number tofavorites.

(3) Delete: Delete a saved favorite.

i

IInformation• Up to 20 favorites can be saved for

each connected Bluetooth® device.

• Favorites can be accessed when theBluetooth® device they were pairedfrom is connected.

• The audio system does not down-load favorites from Bluetooth®

devices. Favorites must be newlysaved before use.

• To add to favorites, contacts must bedownloaded first.

• Saved favorites are not updatedeven if the contacts of the connectedBluetooth® device are changed. Inthis case, favorites need to be delet-ed and added again.

Call HistoryPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Call History]➟ Call history is displayed.

(1) Call History: Display the down-loaded call history list.Connect a call when selected.

(2) Sort by: Sort by All Calls, DialedCalls, Received Calls or MissedCalls.

(3) Download: Download call history fromconnected Bluetooth® devices.

Information• Up to 50 dialed, received and missed

calls are saved.

• When the latest call history isreceived, the existing call history isdeleted.

ContactsPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Contacts] ➟Select letter (ABC) ➟ Contacts aredisplayed.

(1) Contacts: Display downloadedcontacts.Connect a call when selected.

(2) Download: Download contacts fromconnected Bluetooth® devices.

i

i

IInformation• Only supported contacts format can

be downloaded and displayed fromthe Bluetooth® device, contacts fromsome applications will not be included.

• Up to 2,000 contacts can be saved.

• In some cases, additional confirmationfrom your Bluetooth® device is neces-sary when downloading contacts. Ifdownloading of contacts unsuccessful,consult your device’s settings or theaudio screen to approve the download.

• Contacts without phone numbersare not displayed.

DialPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Dial].

(1) Phone number entry window: Thephone number entered using thekeypad is displayed.

(2) Clear- Shortly press to delete individual

digits.- Press and hold to delete the

entire phone number.(3) Keypad: Enter phone number.(4) Bluetooth® Phone name

- The name of the connectedBluetooth® device is displayed.

- Contacts matching the keypadnumber/letter input are displayed.

(5) Call- Enter and select a phone num-

ber to call.- Select without entering a phone

number to see the most recentdialed call.

SettingsPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Settings].- For more details, refer to Setup ➟

Bluetooth page.

i

SSetup

Setup is the screen to control Audiosystem settings.Press the [SETUP] button on theaudio system.

Display Press the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Display].• Mode: Adjusts the brightness auto-

matically based on headlamp use.• Illumination: The brightness of the

audio screen can be changed.• Text Scroll: If text is too long to be

displayed on the screen, enablethe text scroll function.

Sound Press the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Sound].• Position: Sound balance and fader

can be adjusted.• Tone: Sound tone value can be

adjusted.• Back-up Warning Priority:

- Automatically lower audio vol-ume while reversing.

- Control the audio volume levelautomatically in R-Position. If volume level over “5 level” thendown to “5 level”.If volume level under “5 level”then maintain the volume level.Return the volume level when R-Position was cancelled.In R-Positon, if driver change thevolume level then volumechanged.Apply the volume control option“On/Off” in “Setup”: Default is“On”.

• Speed Dependent Volume:Automatically adjust volume basedon vehicle speed.

• Beep: Select whether to play abeep sound when the screen istouched.

Date/TimePress the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Date/Time].• Set Time: Set the time displayed on

the audio screen.• Time Format: Choose between 12-

hour and 24-hour time formats.• Set Date: Set the date displayed on

the audio screen.

BBluetoothPress the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Bluetooth].• Connections: Control pairing, dele-

tion, connection and disconnectionof Bluetooth® devices.

• Auto Connection Priority: Set theconnection priority of Bluetooth®

devices when the vehicle is started.• Download Contacts: Contacts can

be downloaded from connectedBluetooth® devices.

Information• When paired devices are deleted,

the call history and contacts of thedevice saved to the audio system aredeleted.

• For Bluetooth® connections with lowconnection priority, some time maybe required for the connection to beestablished.

• Contacts can be downloaded onlyfrom the currently connectedBluetooth® device.

• If no Bluetooth® device is connected,the Download Contacts button isdisabled.

SystemPress the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [System].• Language: Change the user lan-

guage.• Default: Reset the audio system.

InformationThe system resets to the default val-ues, and all saved data and settingsare lost.

Screen SaverSet the information displayed whenthe audio system is switched off orthe screen is turned off.Press the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [ScreenSaver].• Analog: An analog clock is dis-

played.• Digital: A digital clock is displayed.• None: No information is displayed.

Display OffTo prevent glare, the screen can beturned off while the audio system inoperation.Press the [SETUP] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Display Off].

InformationUse ‘Screen Saver’ to set the informa-tion to be displayed when the screen isturned off.

ii

i

Hyundai iblue is a smart phoneremote control Application whichallows passengers to control car info-tainment system functions such asRadio, Media, Sound via Bluetooth

SSystem requirements:Application name : Hyundai iblueAvailable OS : AndroidApp Availability : Play storeSupported Mobiles : Androidmobiles with Version 4.4(Kitkat) &above.

Main Features:Selection & Control of Media Change of Radio stations withSeek/Track buttons Switch between different Mediasources: USB, iPod, Aux andBluetooth Audio etcStandard media player functions:Play/Pause track, Next/PrevioustrackControl the volume: Increase,decrease & muteChange Sound SettingsControl of USB Video (if Infotainmentsupports video feature)

Ensure that Bluetooth of mobiledevice is ON before using applicationFor Remote Application working,Infotainment System should bepaired with smart phone & connect-ed to Hyundai iblue application.(please note that remote control con-nection establishment is differentfrom pairing the device)The compatibility and features of this

app may vary with vehicle variants.Infotainment system can be con-trolled by one mobile (via Hyundaiiblue application) at a timeNote that application doesn’t workduring Connectivity mode.If connection is lost due to abnormalconditions while a Remote control isconnected (communication rangeexceeded, device power OFF, com-munication errors, etc.), we need toEstablish the Connection again.For Better experience, pair theMobile device with the Infotainmentsystem before using the application.

Don'ts :Please Don’t turn off mobileBluetooth while using Application

NOTICE

TTroubleshooting:Remote connection cannot beestablished in the below cases• Improper selection of Infotainment

in pairing screen of App• Infotainment is already connected

to Remote Application in onemobile

• Connectivity mode (Androidauto/Carplay/Mirrorlink) isengaged in Infotainment

• For more information, VisitHyundai Website

https://sync.hyundai.co.in/

Driving your vehicle

7

Before driving.........................................................7-3Before entering the vehicle ...........................................7-3Before starting...................................................................7-3

Ignition switch ........................................................7-5Key ignition switch............................................................7-5Engine Start/Stop button................................................7-9

Manual transaxle .................................................7-19Manual transaxle operation .........................................7-19Good driving practices ...................................................7-21

Continuously variable transaxle (CVT) .............7-23Continuously Variable Transaxle (CVT) operation ..7-23Parking...............................................................................7-27Good driving practices ...................................................7-28

Automatic transaxle ............................................7-30Automatic transaxle operation parking.....................7-30Good driving practices ...................................................7-35

Braking system.....................................................7-37Power brakes ...................................................................7-37Disc brakes wear indicator ...........................................7-38Rear drum brakes ...........................................................7-38Parking brake...................................................................7-38Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................7-40Good braking practices..................................................7-43

Special driving conditions...................................7-44Hazardous driving conditions.......................................7-44Rocking the vehicle ........................................................7-44Smooth cornering ...........................................................7-45Driving at night ................................................................7-45Driving in the rain ...........................................................7-45Driving in flooded areas................................................7-46

Winter driving.......................................................7-47Snow or icy conditions ..................................................7-47Winter precautions .........................................................7-49

Vehicle weight ......................................................7-51Overloading.......................................................................7-51

7-2


Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can causeunconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. Ifyou hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of thevehicle, we recommend that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine onlylong enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle , be sure to do so only in anopen area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshieldclear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the tailgate open:Close all windows.Open instrument panel air vents.Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

WARNING

Before entering the vehicle • Be sure all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are cleanand unobstructed.

• Remove frost, snow, or ice.• Visually check the tires for uneven

wear and damage.• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Before starting • Make sure the hood, the tailgate,

and the doors are securely closedand locked.

• Adjust the position of the seat andsteering wheel.

• Adjust the inside and outsiderearview mirrors.

• Verify all the lights work.• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all

passengers have fastened theirseatbelts.

• Check the gauges and indicators inthe instrument panel and the mes-sages on the instrument displaywhen the ignition switch is in theON position.

• Check that any items you are car-rying are stored properly or fas-tened down securely.

BEFORE DRIVING

7-3

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

7-4


To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, take the fol-lowing precautions:• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.

All passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle ismoving. For more information,refer to “Seat Belts” in chapter 2.

• Always drive defensively.Assume other drivers or pedes-trians may be careless andmake mistakes.

• Stay focused on the task of driv-ing. Driver distraction can causeaccidents.

• Leave plenty of space betweenyou and the vehicle in front ofyou.

WARNING

NEVER drink or take drugs anddrive.Drinking or taking drugs and driv-ing is dangerous and may result inan accident and SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a smallamount of alcohol will affect yourreflexes, perceptions and judg-ment. Just one drink can reduceyour ability to respond to changingconditions and emergencies andyour reaction time gets worse witheach additional drink.Driving while under the influenceof drugs is as dangerous or moredangerous than driving under theinfluence of alcohol.

(Continued)

(Continued)You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink or takedrugs and drive. If you are drinkingor taking drugs, don’t drive. Do notride with a driver who has beendrinking or taking drugs. Choose adesignated driver or call a taxi.

WARNING

Key ignition switch (if equipped)

IGNITION SWITCH

7-5

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7OIB054010

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, take the fol-lowing precautions:• NEVER allow children or any

person who is unfamiliar withthe vehicle to touch the ignitionswitch or related parts.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur.

• NEVER reach through the steer-ing wheel for the ignition switch,or any other control, while thevehicle is in motion. The pres-ence of your hand or arm in thisarea may cause a loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

• NEVER turn the ignition switchto the LOCK or ACC positionwhile the vehicle is in motionexcept in an emergency. Thiswill result in the engine turningoff and loss of power assist forthe steering and brake systems.

(Continued)

(Continued)This may lead to loss of direc-tional control and braking func-tion, which could cause an acci-dent.

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in 1st gear (for ManualTransaxle vehicle) or P (Park)position (for AutomaticTransaxle/ ContinuouslyVariable Transaxle vehicle),apply the parking brake, andturn ignition switch to the LOCKposition. Unexpected vehicle movementmay occur if these precautionsare not followed.

WARNING

7-6


Key ignition switch positions

SwitchPosition

Action Notice

LOCK The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position. The steering wheel locks to protect the vehi-cle from theft. (if equipped)

ACC

Electrical accessories are usable. The steering wheel unlocks.

If difficulty is experienced turning the ignitionswitch to the ACC position, turn the keywhile turning the steering wheel right andleft to release tension.

ON

This is the normal key position when the engine has started.

All features and accessories are usable.

The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignitionswitch from ACC to ON.

Do not leave the ignition switch in the ONposition when the engine is not running toprevent the battery from discharging.

STARTTo start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START position.The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key.

The engine will crank until you release thekey.

7-7

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Starting the engine Starting the petrol engine Vehicle with Manual Transaxle :1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Make sure the shift lever is in neu-

tral. 3. Depress the clutch and brake ped-

als. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the

START position. Hold the key(maximum of 10 seconds) until theengine starts and release it.

Vehicle with Automatic Transaxle/Continuously Variable Transaxle :1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park) or N (Neutral). 3. Depress the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the

START position. Hold the key(maximum of 10 seconds) until theengine starts and release it.

Information • Do not wait for the engine to warmup while the vehicle remains station-ary. Start driving at moderate enginespeeds. (Steep accelerating anddecelerating should be avoided.)• Always start the vehicle with yourfoot on the brake pedal. Do notdepress the accelerator while start-ing the vehicle. Do not race theengine while warming it up.

i

• Always wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes, such as highheels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere withyour ability to use the brake,accelerator and clutch pedals.

• Do not start the vehicle with theaccelerator pedal depressed. Thevehicle can move and lead to anaccident.

• Wait until the engine rpm is nor-mal. The vehicle may suddenlymove if the brake padel isreleased when the rpm is high.

WARNING

7-8


Starting the diesel engine To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heat-ed before starting the engine andthen have to be warmed up beforestarting to drive.Vehicle with manual transaxle: 1.Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2.Make sure the shift lever is in neu-

tral. 3.Depress the clutch and brake ped-

als. 4.Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position to pre-heat the engine.The glow indicator light ( ) willilluminate.

5.When the glow indicator light ( )goes out, turn the key ignitionswitch to the START position. Holdthe key (maximum of 10 seconds)until the engine starts and releaseit.

Information If the engine does not start within 10seconds after preheating is completed,turn the ignition switch once more tothe LOCK position and wait for 10seconds. Then turn the ignition switchto the ON position in order to preheatthe engine again.

Starting and stopping the enginefor turbocharger intercooler1.Do not race or accelerate the

engine immediately after startingthe engine. If the engine is cold, idle for sever-al seconds before sufficient lubri-cation is ensured in the turbocharger unit.

2.After high speed or extended driv-ing that requires heavy engineload, idle the engine about oneminute before turning the engineoff.This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shuttingthe engine off.

Do not turn off the engine immedi-ately after it has been subjected to aheavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine orturbo charger unit.

NOTICE

i

7-9

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

To prevent damage to the vehicle: • Do not hold the ignition key in the

START position for more than 10seconds. Wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore trying again.

• Do not turn the ignition switch tothe START position with theengine running. It may damage thestarter.

• If traffic and road conditions per-mit, you may put the shift lever inthe N (Neutral) position while thevehicle is still moving and turn theignition switch to the START posi-tion in an attempt to restart theengine.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

Engine Start/Stop button (if equipped)

Whenever the front door is opened,the Engine Start/Stop button will illu-minate and will go off 30 secondsafter the door is closed.

NOTICE

OIB057006R

To reduce risk of serious injury ordeath, NEVER allow children orany person who is unfamiliar withthe vehicle to touch the EngineStart/Stop button or related parts.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur.

WARNING

7-10


• NEVER press the EngineStart/Stop button while the vehi-cle is in motion except in anemergency. This will result in theengine turning off and loss ofpower assist for the steering andbrake systems. This may lead to loss of direc-tional control and braking func-tion, which could cause an acci-dent.

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in neutral, set the parkingbrake, press the EngineStart/Stop button to the OFFposition, and take the Smart Keywith you.Unexpected vehicle movementmay occur if these precautionsare not followed.

(Continued)

WARNING

To turn the engine off in an emer-gency:Press and hold the EngineStart/Stop button for more thantwo seconds OR Rapidly pressand release the Engine Start/Stopbutton three times (within threeseconds).If the vehicle is still moving, youcan restart the engine withoutdepressing the brake pedal bypressing the Engine Start/Stopbutton with the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position.

(Continued)• NEVER reach through the steer-

ing wheel for the EngineStart/Stop button or any othercontrol while the vehicle is inmotion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area maycause a loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-11

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Button Position Action Notice

OFF • To turn off the engine, stop the vehicle andthen press the Engine Start/Stop button.

• The steering wheel locks to protect thevehicle from theft.

If the steering wheel is not locked properlywhen you open the driver's door, the warningchime will sound.

Not illuminated

ACC • Press the Engine Start/Stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.

• Electrical accessories are usable. • The steering wheel unlocks.

• If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button inthe ACC position for more than one hour, thebattery power will turn off automatically toprevent the battery from discharging.

• If the steering wheel doesn't unlock properly,the Engine Start/Stop button will not work.Press the Engine Start/Stop button whileturning the steering wheel right and left torelease tension.

Amber indicator

Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with Manual Transaxle

7-12



ON • Press the Engine Start/Stop button while itis in the ACC position without depressingthe clutch pedal.

• The warning lights can be checked beforethe engine is started.

Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button inthe ON position when the engine is not run-ning to prevent the battery from discharging.

Blue indicator

START To start the engine, depress the clutch andbrake pedals and press the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in neutral.

If you press the Engine Start/Stop buttonwithout depressing the clutch pedal, theengine does not start and the EngineStart/Stop button changes as follows:OFF ® ACC ® ON ® OFF

Not illuminated

- Vehicle with Manual Transaxle

7-13

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with Automatic Transaxle/Continuously Variable Transaxle


OFF To turn off the engine, press the EngineStart/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park).When you press the Engine Start/Stop but-ton without the shift lever in P (Park), theEngine Start/Stop button does not turn tothe OFF position, but turns to the ACC posi-tion.The steering wheel locks to protect the vehi-cle from theft.

If the steering wheel is not locked properlywhen you open the driver's door, the warningchime will sound.

Not illuminated

ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.Electrical accessories are usable.The steering wheel unlocks.

• If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button inthe ACC position for more than one hour,the battery power will turn off automaticallyto prevent the battery from discharging.

• If the steering wheel doesn't unlock proper-ly, the Engine Start/Stop button will notwork. Press the Engine Start/Stop buttonwhile turning the steering wheel right andleft to release tension.

Orange indicator

7-14


- Vehicle with Automatic Transaxle/Continuously Variable Transaxle


ON Press the Engine Start/Stop button while itis in the ACC position without depressingthe brake pedal.The warning lights can be checked beforethe engine is started.

Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button inthe ON position when the engine is not run-ning to prevent the battery from discharging.

Blue indicator

START To start the engine, depress the brake pedaland press the Engine Start/Stop button withthe shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N(Neutral) position.For your safety, start the engine with theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

If you press the Engine Start/Stop buttonwithout depressing the brake pedal, theengine does not start and the EngineStart/Stop button changes as follows:OFF ® ACC ® ON ® OFF or ACC

Not illuminated

7-15

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Starting the engine Information • The engine will start by pressing theEngine Start/Stop button, only whenthe smart key is in the vehicle.• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-cle, if it is far away from the driver,the engine may not start.• When the Engine Start/Stop buttonis in the ACC or ON position, if anydoor is open, the system checks forthe smart key. If the smart key is notin the vehicle, the " " indicatorwill blink and the warning "Key notin vehicle" will come on, and if alldoors are closed, the chime will alsosound for about 5 seconds. The indi-cator will turn off while the vehicleis moving. Keep the smart key in thevehicle when using the ACC positionor if the vehicle engine is ON.

Starting the petrol engine Vehicle with Manual Transaxle :1. Always carry the smart key with

you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.3. Make sure the shift lever is in neu-

tral. 4. Depress the clutch and brake ped-

als. 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton.

Vehicle with Automatic Transaxle/Continuously Variable Transaxle :1. Always carry the smart key with

you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.3. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park). 4. Depress the brake pedal. 5 Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton.

i

• Always wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes, such as highheels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere withyour ability to use the brake,accelerator and clutch pedals.

• Do not start the vehicle with theaccelerator pedal depressed. Thevehicle can move and lead to anaccident.

• Wait until the engine rpm is nor-mal. The vehicle may suddenlymove if the brake pedal isreleased when the rpm is high.

WARNING

7-16


Information • Do not wait for the engine to warmup while the vehicle remains station-ary. Start driving at moderate enginespeeds. (Steep accelerating anddecelerating should be avoided.)• Always start the vehicle with yourfoot on the brake pedal. Do notdepress the accelerator while start-ing the vehicle. Do not race theengine while warming it up.

Starting the diesel engine To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heat-ed before starting the engine andthen have to be warmed up beforestarting to drive.Vehicle with manual transaxle: 1.Always carry the smart key with

you. 2.Make sure the parking brake is

applied.3.Make sure the shift lever is in neu-

tral. 4.Depress the clutch and brake ped-

als. 5.Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton. 6.Continue depressing the brake

pedal until the glow indicator light( ) goes out.

7.When the glow indicator light ( )goes out, the engine will start.

Information If the Engine Start/Stop button ispressed while the engine is pre-heat-ing, the engine may start.

ii

7-17

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Starting and stopping the enginefor turbocharger intercooler1.Do not race or accelerate the

engine immediately after startingthe engine. If the engine is cold, idle for sever-al seconds before sufficient lubri-cation is ensured in the turbocharger unit.

2.After high speed or extended driv-ing that requires heavy engineload, idle the engine about oneminute before turning the engineoff. This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shuttingthe engine off.

Do not turn off the engine immedi-ately after it has been subjected to aheavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine orturbo charger unit.

To prevent damage to the vehicle: • If traffic and road conditions per-

mit, you may put the shift lever inthe N (Neutral) position while thevehicle is still moving and pressthe Engine Start/Stop button in anattempt to restart the engine.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

To prevent damage to the vehicle: When the stop lamp fuse is blown,you can't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. Ifyou are not able to replace the fuse,you can start the engine by pressingand holding the Engine Start/Stopbutton for 10 seconds with theEngine Start/Stop button in the ACCposition. Do not press the Engine Start/Stopbutton for more than 10 secondsexcept when the stop lamp fuse isblown.For your safety always depress thebrake and/or clutch pedal beforestarting the engine.

NOTICENOTICE

NOTICE

7-18


InformationIf the smart key battery is weak or thesmart key does not work correctly,you can start the engine by pressingthe Engine Start/Stop button with thesmart key in the direction of the pic-ture above.

iOIB057007R

7-19

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has 5 (or 6)forward gears. The transaxle is fullysynchronized in all forward gears soshifting to either a higher or a lowergear is easily accomplished.

To shift to R (Reverse), make surethe vehicle has completely stopped,and then move the shift lever to neu-tral before moving into R (Reverse).

When you've come to a completestop and it's hard to shift into 1st gearor R (Reverse): 1.Put the shift lever in neutral and

release the clutch pedal. 2.Depress the clutch pedal, and then

shift into first or R (Reverse) gear.

InformationDuring cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricanthas warmed up.

i

MANUAL TRANSAXLE

OIB054009/OIB054001

The shift lever can be moved withoutpressing the button (1).

The button (1) must be pressed whilemoving the shift lever.

Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift lever isin 1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a uphill and in R(Reverse) on a downhill, set theparking brake, and place the igni-tion switch in the LOCK/OFF posi-tion. Unexpected vehicle move-ment may occur if these precau-tions are not followed.

WARNING

� Type A

� Type B

7-20


Using the clutch (if equipped)The clutch pedal should bedepressed all the way to the floorbefore:- Starting the engine

The engine will not start withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.

- Shifting

When releasing the clutch pedal,release it slowly. The clutch pedalshould always be released whiledriving.

To prevent unnecessary wear ordamage to the clutch: • Do not rest your foot on the clutch

pedal while driving.• Do not hold the vehicle with the

clutch on an incline, while waitingfor the traffic light, etc.

• Always depress the clutch pedaldown fully to prevent noise or dam-age.

• Do not start with the 2nd (second)gear engaged except when youstart on a slippery road.

DownshiftingDownshift when you must slow downin heavy traffic or drive up a steep hillto prevent engine load. Also, downshifting reduces thechance of stalling and can acceleratewhen you need to increase yourspeed again. When the vehicle is going downhill,downshifting helps maintain safespeed by providing brake power fromthe engine and enables less wear onthe brakes.

NOTICE

7-21

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

To prevent damage to the engine,clutch and transaxle:• When downshifting from 5th gear

to 4th gear, be careful not to inad-vertently push the shift lever side-ways engaging the 2nd gear. Adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint the tachometer will enter thered-zone.

• Do not downshift more than twogear at a time or downshift thegear when the engine is running athigh speed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine, clutch and thetransaxle.

Good driving practices • Never take the vehicle out of gear

and coast down a hill. This isextremely dangerous.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This cancause the brakes and related partsto overheat and malfunction.When you are driving down a longhill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. Engine braking will help slowdown the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. This will help avoidover-revving the engine, which cancause damage.

• Slow down when you encountercross winds. This gives you muchbetter control of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you shift into R(Reverse) to prevent damage tothe transaxle.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andmay cause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident

NOTICE

Do not use the engine brake (shift-ing from a higher gear to lowergear) rapidly on slippery roads.The vehicle may slip causing anaccident.

WARNING

7-22


To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In

a collision, an unbelted occu-pant is significantly more likelyto be seriously injured or killedthan a properly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.

(Continued)(Continued)• In the event your vehicle leaves

the roadway, do not steersharply. Instead, slow downbefore pulling back into the trav-el lanes.

• HYUNDAI recommends you fol-low all posted speed limits.

WARNING

Continuously Variable Transaxle(CVT) operationThe Continuously Variable Transaxle(CVT) has no actual fixed gears. Thevarying gear ratios are selectedautomatically, depending on theposition of the shift lever, vehicle'sspeed and position of the acceleratorpedal.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSAXLE (CVT) (IF EQUIPPED)

7-23

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

OIB054002Move shift lever.

Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button,and then move shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever.

The indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park) Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park).The shift lever must be in P (Park)before turning the engine off.

InformationThe RPM (revolutions per minute)may increase or decrease when per-forming the CVT self-diagnosis.

i

7-24


To reduce the risk of serious injuryor death:• ALWAYS check the surrounding

areas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a vehicle into D (Drive)or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position, thenset the parking brake, and placethe ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur if theseprecautions are not followed.

• Do not use engine braking (shift-ing from a high gear to lowergear) rapidly on slippery roads.The vehicle may slip causing anaccident.

WARNING

• Shifting into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion may causeyou to lose control of the vehi-cle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,always make sure the shift leveris in P (Park), apply the parkingbrake, and turn the engine off.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.

WARNING

R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R (Reverse)while the vehicle is in motion.

N (Neutral) The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restarta stalled engine, or if it is necessaryto stop with the engine ON. Shift intoP (Park) if you need to leave yourvehicle for any reason.Always depress the brake pedalwhen you are shifting from N(Neutral) to another gear.

D (Drive) This is the normal forward drivingposition. The transaxle will automati-cally shift to the optimal gear ratio,providing better fuel efficiency and asmoother ride.For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or driving uphill, depressthe accelerator further until you feelthe transaxle downshift to a lowergear.

NOTICE

7-25

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7Do not shift into gear unless yourfoot is firmly on the brake pedal.Shifting into gear when the engineis running at high speed cancause the vehicle to move veryrapidly. You could lose control ofthe vehicle and hit people orobjects.

WARNING

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, Manual shift mode isselected by pushing the shift leverfrom the D (Drive) position into themanual gate. To return to D (Drive)range operation, push the shift leverback into the main gate.In Manual shift mode, moving theshift lever backwards and forwardswill allow you to select the desiredrange of gears for the current drivingconditions.

+ (Up) : Push the lever forward onceto shift up one gear.

- (Down) : Pull the lever backwardsonce to shift down onegear.

Information• Only the four forward gears can beselected. To reverse or park thevehicle, move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) or P (Park) position asrequired.• Downshifts are made automaticallywhen the vehicle slows down. Whenthe vehicle stops, 1st gear is auto-matically selected.• When the engine rpm approachesthe red zone the transaxle willupshift automatically.

Shift-lock system For your safety, the ContinuouslyVariable Transaxle (CVT) has a shift-lock system which prevents shiftingthe transaxle from P (Park) into R(Reverse) unless the brake pedal isdepressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park)into R (Reverse):1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.2.Start the engine or place the igni-

tion switch in the ON position.3.Move the shift lever.

i

7-26


OIB054008

Shift-lock releaseIf the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position into R(Reverse) position with the brakepedal depressed, continue depress-ing the brake, and then do the follow-ing:

1. Press the shift-lock release but-ton.

2. Press and hold the lock releasebutton on the shift lever.

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealerimmediately

ParkingAlways come to a complete stop andcontinue to depress the brake pedal.Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position, apply the parking brake,and place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position. Take the Keywith you when exiting the vehicle.

7-27

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

OIB054003 When you stay in the vehicle withthe engine running, be careful notto depress the accelerator pedalfor a long period of time. Theengine or exhaust system mayoverheat and start a fire.The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep awayfrom the exhaust system compo-nents.Do not stop or park over flamma-ble materials, such as dry grass,paper or leaves. They may igniteand cause a fire.

WARNING

Good driving practices • Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any otherposition with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is inmotion. Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N(Neutral) when driving. Doing somay result in an accident becauseof a loss of engine braking and thetransaxle could be damaged.

• Do not drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. Even light, butconsistent pedal pressure canresult in the brakes overheating,brake wear and possibly evenbrake failure.

• Depressing both accelerator andbrake pedals at the same time cantrigger logic for engine powerreduction to assure vehicle decel-eration. Vehicle acceleration willresume after the brake pedal isreleased.

• When driving in Manual shift mode,slow down before shifting to alower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged if theengine rpms are outside of theallowable range.

• Always apply the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle. Do notdepend on placing the transmis-sion in P (Park) to keep the vehiclefrom moving.


• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator.

7-28








(Continued)

WARNING

7-29

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

(Continued)• In the event your vehicle leaves



7-30


Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 4 for-ward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selectedautomatically in the D (Drive) posi-tion.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OIB054002Move shift lever.

Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button,and then move shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever.

7-31

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

The indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park) Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park).The shift lever must be in P (Park)before turning the engine off.

To reduce the risk of serious injuryor death:• ALWAYS check the surrounding

areas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a vehicle into D (Drive)or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position, thenset the parking brake, and placethe ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur if theseprecautions are not followed.

• Do not use engine braking (shift-ing from a high gear to lowergear) rapidly on slippery roads.The vehicle may slip causing anaccident.

WARNING

• Shifting into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion may causeyou to lose control of the vehi-cle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,always make sure the shift leveris in P (Park), apply the parkingbrake, and turn the engine off.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.

WARNING

7-32


R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R (Reverse)while the vehicle is in motion.

N (Neutral) The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restarta stalled engine, or if it is necessaryto stop with the engine ON. Shift intoP (Park) if you need to leave yourvehicle for any reason.Always depress the brake pedalwhen you are shifting from N(Neutral) to another gear.

D (Drive) This is the normal driving position.The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 4-gear sequence, provid-ing the best fuel economy andpower.For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or driving uphill, depressthe accelerator further until you feelthe transaxle downshift to a lowergear.

NOTICE

Do not shift into gear unless yourfoot is firmly on the brake pedal.Shifting into gear when the engineis running at high speed cancause the vehicle to move veryrapidly. You could lose control ofthe vehicle and hit people orobjects.

WARNING

7-33

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, Manual shift mode isselected by pushing the shift leverfrom the D (Drive) position into themanual gate. To return to D (Drive)range operation, push the shift leverback into the main gate.In Manual shift mode, moving theshift lever backwards and forwardswill allow you to select the desiredrange of gears for the current drivingconditions.

+ (Up) : Push the lever forward onceto shift up one gear.

- (Down) : Pull the lever backwardsonce to shift down onegear.

Information• Only the four forward gears can beselected. To reverse or park thevehicle, move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) or P (Park) position asrequired.• Downshifts are made automaticallywhen the vehicle slows down. Whenthe vehicle stops, 1st gear is auto-matically selected.• When the engine rpm approachesthe red zone the transaxle willupshift automatically.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) or - (Down) position, thetransaxle may not make the request-ed gear change if the next gear isoutside of the allowable engine rpmrange. The driver must executeupshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine rpms below the red zone.• When accelerating from a stop on aslippery road, push the shift leverforward into the + (Up) position.This allows the transaxle to shiftinto the 2nd gear which is better forsmooth driving on a slippery road.Push the shift lever to the - (Down)side to shift back to the 1st gear.

i

OIB054008

7-34


Shift-lock system For your safety, the automatictransaxle has a shift-lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transaxlefrom P (Park) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park)into R (Reverse):1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.2.Start the engine or place the igni-

tion switch in the ON position.3.Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock releaseIf the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position into R(Reverse) position with the brakepedal depressed, continue depress-ing the brake, and then do the follow-ing:

1. Press the shift-lock release but-ton.

2. Press and hold the lock releasebutton on the shift lever.

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealerimmediately

OIB054003

7-35

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

ParkingAlways come to a complete stop andcontinue to depress the brake pedal.Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position, apply the parking brake,and place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position. Take the Keywith you when exiting the vehicle.

Good driving practices • Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any otherposition with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is inmotion. Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N(Neutral) when driving. Doing somay result in an accident becauseof a loss of engine braking and thetransaxle could be damaged.

• Do not drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. Even light, butconsistent pedal pressure canresult in the brakes overheating,brake wear and possibly evenbrake failure.

• Depressing both accelerator andbrake pedals at the same time cantrigger logic for engine powerreduction to assure vehicle decel-eration. Vehicle acceleration willresume after the brake pedal isreleased.

• When driving in Manual shift mode,slow down before shifting to alower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged if theengine rpms are outside of theallowable range.

• Always apply the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle. Do notdepend on placing the transmis-sion in P (Park) to keep the vehiclefrom moving.


• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator.

When you stay in the vehicle withthe engine running, be careful notto depress the accelerator pedalfor a long period of time. Theengine or exhaust system mayoverheat and start a fire.The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep awayfrom the exhaust system compo-nents.Do not stop or park over flamma-ble materials, such as dry grass,paper or leaves. They may igniteand cause a fire.

WARNING

7-36








(Continued)

(Continued)• In the event your vehicle leaves



WARNING

7-37

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assistedbrakes that adjust automaticallythrough normal usage.If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.You can still stop your vehicle byapplying greater force to the brakepedal than typical. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be longer thanwith power brakes.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partiallydepleted each time the brake pedalis applied. Do not pump the brakepedal when the power assist hasbeen interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only whennecessary to maintain steering con-trol on slippery surfaces.

BRAKING SYSTEM

Take the following precautions:• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake lin-ing and pad wear, andincreased stopping distances.

• When descending a long orsteep hill, shift to a lower gearand avoid continuous applica-tion of the brakes. Applying thebrakes continuously will causethe brakes to overheat andcould result in a temporary lossof braking performance.


• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to safely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes areapplied. Applying the brakeslightly will indicate whether theyhave been affected in this way.Always test your brakes in thisfashion after driving throughdeep water. To dry the brakes,lightly tap the brake pedal toheat up the brakes while main-taining a safe forward speeduntil brake performance returnsto normal. Avoid driving at highspeeds until the brakes functioncorrectly.

WARNING

7-38


Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn andnew pads are required, you will heara high pitched warning sound fromyour front or rear brakes. You mayhear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depressthe brake pedal.Please remember some driving con-ditions or climates may cause abrake squeal when you first apply (orlightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-mal and does not indicate a problemwith your brakes.

To avoid costly brake repairs, do notcontinue to drive with worn brakepads.

InformationAlways replace brake pads as com-plete front or rear axle sets.

Rear drum brakes (if equipped)Your rear drum brakes do not havewear indicators.Therefore, have therear brake linings inspected if youhear a rear brake rubbing noise. Alsohave your rear brakes inspectedeach time you change or rotate yourtires and when you have the frontbrakes replaced.

Parking brake

Always set the parking brake beforeleaving the vehicle, to apply:Firmly depress the brake pedal.Pull up the parking brake lever as faras possible.

i

NOTICE

OIB054004

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, do not oper-ate the parking brake while thevehicle is moving except in anemergency situation. It could dam-age the brake system and lead toan accident.

WARNING

7-39

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7To release: Firmly depress the brake pedal.Slightly pull up the parking brakelever.While pressing the release button(1), lower the parking brake (2).

If the parking brake does not releaseor does not release all the way, werecommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Do not apply the accelerator pedalwhile the parking brake isengaged. If you depress the accel-erator pedal with the parking brakeengaged, warning will sound.Damage to the parking brake mayoccur.

• Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the braking systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake parts. Make surethe parking brake is released andthe Brake Warning Light is offbefore driving.

NOTICE

OIB054005

• Whenever leaving the vehicle orparking, always come to a com-plete stop and continue todepress the brake pedal. Movethe shift lever into the 1st gear(for Manual Transaxle vehicle)or P (Park) position (forAutomatic Transaxle/Continuously VariableTransaxle vehicle), then applythe parking brake, and place theignition switch in the LOCK/OFFposition.Vehicles with the parking brakenot fully engaged are at risk formoving inadvertently and caus-ing injury to yourself or others.

• NEVER allow anyone who isunfamiliar with the vehicle totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is released unin-tentionally, serious injury mayoccur.

• Only release the parking brakewhen you are seated inside thevehicle with your foot firmly onthe brake pedal.

WARNING

7-40


Check the ParkingBrake Warning Light byplacing the ignitionswitch to the ON posi-tion (do not start the

engine).This light will be illuminated when theparking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON posi-tion.Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is released and the BrakeWarning Light is OFF.

If the Parking Brake Warning Lightremains on after the parking brake isreleased while engine is running,there may be a malfunction in thebrake system. Immediate attention isnecessary.If at all possible, cease driving thevehicle immediately. If that is not pos-sible, use extreme caution whileoperating the vehicle and only con-tinue to drive the vehicle until youcan reach a safe location.

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (ifequipped)

WK-23

An Anti-Lock Braking System(ABS) will not prevent accidentsdue to improper or dangerousdriving maneuvers. Even thoughvehicle control is improved duringemergency braking, always main-tain a safe distance between youand objects ahead of you. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for carsequipped with ABS may be longerthan for those without these sys-tems in the following road condi-tions.

(Continued)

WARNING

7-41

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

ABS is an electronic braking systemthat helps prevent a braking skid.ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time.

Using ABS To obtain the maximum benefit fromyour ABS in an emergency situation,do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try topump your brakes. Depress yourbrake pedal as hard as possible.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear sounds fromthe brakes, or feel a correspondingsensation in the brake pedal. This isnormal and it means your ABS isactive.ABS does not reduce the time or dis-tance it takes to stop the vehicle.Always maintain a safe distance fromthe vehicle in front of you.ABS will not prevent a skid thatresults from sudden changes indirection, such as trying to take acorner too fast or making a suddenlane change. Always drive at a safespeed for the road and weather con-ditions.

ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili-ty. Always steer moderately whenbraking hard. Severe or sharp steer-ing wheel movement can still causeyour vehicle to veer into oncomingtraffic or off the road.On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake sys-tem may result in a longer stoppingdistance than for vehicles equippedwith a conventional brake system.The ABS warning light ( ) will stayon for several seconds after the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.During that time, the ABS will gothrough self-diagnosis and the lightwill go off if everything is normal. Ifthe light stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. We recom-mend that you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

(Continued)Drive your vehicle at reducedspeeds during the following condi-tions:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• On roads where the road sur-

face is pitted or has differentsurface height.

• Tire chains are installed on yourvehicle.

The safety features of an ABSequipped vehicle should not betested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endangerthe safety of yourself or others.

7-42


InformationWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the ABSwarning light ( ) may turn on at thesame time. This happens because ofthe low battery voltage. It does notmean your ABS is malfunctioning.Have the battery recharged beforedriving the vehicle.

i

If the ABS warning light ( ) is onand stays on, you may have aproblem with the ABS. Your powerbrakes will work normally. Toreduce the risk of serious injury ordeath, we recommend that youcontact your HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

WARNING

When you drive on a road havingpoor traction, such as an icy road,and apply your brakes continuous-ly, the ABS will be active continu-ously and the ABS warning light( ) may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and turn theengine off.Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then your ABSsystem is normal. Otherwise, youmay have a problem with yourABS system. We recommend thatyou contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as pos-sible.

CAUTION

7-43

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Good braking practices Wet brakes can be dangerous! Thebrakes may get wet if the vehicle isdriven through standing water or if itis washed. Your vehicle will not stopas quickly if the brakes are wet. Wetbrakes may cause the vehicle to pullto one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returnsto normal, taking care to keep thevehicle under control at all times. Ifthe braking action does not return tonormal, stop as soon as it is safe todo so and we recommend that youcall an authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.DO NOT drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. Even light, butconstant pedal pressure can result inthe brakes overheating, brake wear,and possibly even brake failure.

If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing, apply the brakes gently andkeep the vehicle pointed straightahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for itto be safe to do so, pull off the roadand stop in a safe location.Keep your foot firmly on the brakepedal when the vehicle is stopped toprevent the vehicle from rolling for-ward.

Whenever leaving the vehicle orparking, always come to a com-plete stop and continue to depressthe brake pedal. Move the shiftlever into the 1st gear (for ManualTransaxle vehicle) or P (Park)position (for AutomaticTransaxle/Continuously VariableTransaxle vehicle), then apply theparking brake, and place the igni-tion switch in the LOCK/OFF posi-tion. Vehicles with the parking brakenot fully engaged are at risk formoving inadvertently and causinginjury to yourself or others.

WARNING

7-44


SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONSHazardous driving conditionsWhen hazardous driving conditionsare encountered such as water,snow, ice, mud or sand:Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-tance for braking.Avoid sudden movements in brakingor steering.If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slipmaterial under the drive wheels toprovide traction when stalled in ice,snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicleto free it from snow, sand, or mud,first turn the steering wheel right andleft to clear the area around yourfront wheels. Then, shift back andforth between 1st and R (Reverse,for Manual Transaxle vehicle) or R(Reverse) and a forward gear (forAutomatic Transaxle/ContinuouslyVariable Transaxle vehicle). Try toavoid spinning the wheels, and donot race the engine.To prevent transaxle wear, wait untilthe wheels stop spinning beforeshifting gears. Release the accelera-tor pedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedal whilethe transaxle is in gear. Slowly spin-ning the wheels in forward andreverse directions causes a rockingmotion that may free the vehicle.

If the tires spin at high speed thetires can explode, and you or othersmay be injured. Do not attempt thisprocedure if people or objects areanywhere near the vehicle.The vehicle can overheat causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as little aspossible and avoid spinning thewheels at speeds over 56 km/h (35mph) as indicated on the speedome-ter.

If you are still stuck after rocking thevehicle a few times, have the vehiclepulled out by a tow vehicle to avoidengine overheating, possible dam-age to the transaxle, and tire dam-age. See “Towing” in chapter 6.

NOTICE

NOTICE

Downshifting with an AutomaticTransaxle/ Continuously VariableTransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

WARNING

7-45

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing incorners, especially when roads arewet. Ideally, corners should alwaysbe taken under gentle acceleration.

Driving at nightNight driving presents more hazardsthan driving in the daylight. Here aresome important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-cles, as it may be more difficult tosee at night, especially in areaswhere there may not be any streetlights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce theglare from other driver's head-lights.

• Keep your headlights clean andproperly aimed. Dirty or improperlyaimed headlights will make it muchmore difficult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-lights of oncoming vehicles. Youcould be temporarily blinded, and itwill take several seconds for youreyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rainRain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous. Here are a few things toconsider when driving in the rain oron slick pavement:• Slow down and allow extra follow-

ing distance. A heavy rainfallmakes it harder to see and increas-es the distance needed to stopyour vehicle.

• Replace your windshield wiperblades when they show signs ofstreaking or missing areas on thewindshield.

• Be sure your tires have enoughtread. If your tires do not haveenough tread, making a quick stopon wet pavement can cause a skidand possibly lead to an accident.See “Tire Tread” in chapter 7.

• Turn on your headlights to make iteasier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-dles can affect your brakes. If youmust go through puddles, try todrive through them slowly.

• If you believe your brakes may bewet, apply them lightly while driv-ing until normal braking operationreturns.

Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you aregoing fast enough, your vehicle mayhave little or no contact with the roadsurface and actually ride on thewater. The best advice is SLOWDOWN when the road is wet. Therisk of hydroplaning increases as thedepth of tire tread decreases, refer to“Tire Tread” in chapter 7.

Driving in flooded areasAvoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is nohigher than the bottom of the wheelhub. Drive through any water slowly.Allow adequate stopping distancebecause brake performance may bereduced.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them sev-eral times while the vehicle is movingslowly.


7-46

Snow or icy conditionsYou need to keep sufficient distancebetween your vehicle and the vehiclein front of you.Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brakeapplications, and sharp turns arepotentially very hazardous practices.During deceleration, use enginebraking to the fullest extent. Suddenbrake applications on snowy or icyroads may cause skids to occur.To drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tiresor to install tire chains on your tires.Always carry emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want tocarry include tire chains, tow strapsor chains, a flashlight, emergencyflares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,a window scraper, gloves, groundcloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your vehi-cle, make sure to use radial tires ofthe same size and load range as theoriginal tires. Mount snow tires on allfour wheels to balance your vehicle’shandling in all weather conditions.The traction provided by snow tireson dry roads may not be as high asyour vehicle's original equipmenttires. Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.

InformationDo not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local and municipal reg-ulations for possible restrictionsagainst their use.

iWINTER DRIVING

Snow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

WARNING

7

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7-47

Tire chains

Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner than other types of tires, theymay be damaged by mounting sometypes of tire chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires isrecommended instead of tire chains.Do not mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; ifunavoidable use a wire type chain. Iftire chains must be used, use gen-uine HYUNDAI parts and install thetire chain after reviewing the instruc-tions provided with the tire chains.Damage to your vehicle caused byimproper tire chain use is not cov-ered by your vehicle manufacturer’swarranty.

Information• Install tire chains on the front tires.It should be noted that installing tirechains on the tires will provide agreater driving force, but will notprevent side skids.• Do not install tire chains withoutfirst checking local and municipalregulations for possible restrictionsagainst their use.

Chain InstallationWhen installing tire chains, follow themanufacturer's instructions andmount them as tightly possible. Driveslowly (less than 30 km/h (20 mph))with chains installed. If you hear thechains contacting the body or chas-sis, stop and tighten them. If they stillmake contact, slow down until thenoise stops. Remove the tire chainsas soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning Flasher and place atriangular emergency warning devicebehind the vehicle (if available).Always place the shift lever in neu-tral, apply the parking brake and turnoff the engine before installing snowchains.

i

OIB057011

The use of tire chains mayadversely affect vehicle handling:• Drive less than 30 km/h (20

mph) or the chain manufactur-er’s recommended speed limit,whichever is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoidbumps, holes, sharp turns, andother road hazards, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel braking.

WARNING


7-48

When using tire chains:• Wrong size chains or improperly

installed chains can damage yourvehicle's brake lines, suspension,body and wheels.

• Use SAE “S” class or wire chains.• If you hear noise caused by chains

contacting the body, retighten thechain to prevent contact with thevehicle body.

• To prevent body damage, retightenthe chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km(0.3~0.6 miles).

• Do not use tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels. Ifunavoidable, use a wire typechain.

• Use wire chains less than 15 mm(0.59 in) wide to prevent damageto the chain’s connection.

Winter precautionsUse high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with highquality ethylene glycol coolant in thecooling system. It is the only type ofcoolant that should be used becauseit helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the waterpump and prevents freezing. Be sureto replace or replenish your coolantin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in chapter 7. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient forthe temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens onthe battery system. Visually inspectthe battery and cables as describedin chapter 7. The level of charge inyour battery can be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or aservice station.

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommendedthat a lower viscosity "winter weight"oil be used during cold weather. Seechapter 8 for recommendations. Ifyou aren't sure what weight oil youshould use, we recommend that youconsult with an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs asdescribed in chapter 7 and replacethem if necessary. Also check allignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn ordamaged in any way.

NOTICE

7

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7-49

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing,squirt an approved de-icer fluid orglycerine into the key opening. If alock is covered with ice, squirt it withan approved de-icing fluid to removethe ice. If the lock is frozen internally,you may be able to thaw it out byusing a heated key. Handle the heat-ed key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the windowwasher system from freezing, add anapproved window washer anti-freezesolution in accordance with instruc-tions on the container. Window wash-er anti-freeze is available from anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andmost auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

Don't let your parking brake freezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet.If there is a risk the parking brakemay freeze, apply it only temporarilywhile you put the shift lever in P (forAutomatic Transaxle/ContinuouslyVariable Transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (for Manual Transaxle)and block the rear wheels so thevehicle cannot roll. Then release theparking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumulateunderneathUnder some conditions, snow andice can build up under the fendersand interfere with the steering. Whendriving in severe winter conditionswhere this may happen, you shouldperiodically check underneath thecar to be sure the movement of thefront wheels and the steering com-ponents is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of theweather, you should carry appropri-ate emergency equipment. Some ofthe items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps orchains, flashlight, emergency flares,sand, shovel, jumper cables, windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-alls, blanket, etc.

Don't place foreign objects ormaterials in the engine compart-mentPlacement of foreign objects ormaterials which prevent cooling ofthe engine, in the engine compart-ment, may cause a failure or com-bustion. The manufacturer is notresponsible for the damage causedby such placement.


7-50

Two labels on your driver’s door sillshow how much weight your vehiclewas designed to carry: the Tire andLoading Information Label and theCertification Label.Before loading your vehicle, familiar-ize yourself with the following termsfor determining your vehicle's weightratings, from the vehicle's specifica-tions and the Certification Label:

Base Curb WeightThis is the weight of the vehicleincluding a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does notinclude passengers, cargo, or option-al equipment.

Vehicle Curb WeightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your deal-er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo WeightThis figure includes all weight addedto the Base Curb Weight, includingcargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)This is the total weight placed oneach axle (front and rear) - includingvehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)This is the maximum allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). These numbersare shown on the Certification Label.The total load on each axle mustnever exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plusactual Cargo Weight plus passen-gers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle WeightRating)This is the maximum allowableweight of the fully loaded vehicle(including all options, equipment,passengers and cargo). The GVWRis shown on the Certification Labellocated on the driver’s door sill.

OverloadingVEHICLE WEIGHT

The Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) and the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) for yourvehicle are on the CertificationLabel attached to the driver's (orfront passenger’s) door.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicle dam-age. You can calculate the weightof your load by weighing the items(and people) before putting themin the vehicle. Be careful not tooverload your vehicle.

WARNING

7

Driv

ing y

our ve

hicle

7-51

The hazard warning flasher servesas a warning to other drivers to exer-cise extreme caution whenapproaching, overtaking, or passingyour vehicle. It should be used whenever emer-gency repairs are being made orwhen the vehicle is stopped near theedge of a roadway.To turn the hazard warning flasheron or off, press the hazard warningflasher button with the ignition switchin any position. The button is locatedin the center console switch panel.

All turn signal lights will flash simul-taneously.• The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run-ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work whenthe hazard flasher is on.

OIB067001

IIf the engine stalls while driving• Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe place.

• Turn on your hazard warning flash-er.

• Try to start the engine again. If yourvehicle will not start, we recom-mend that you contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the engine stalls at a cross-road or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, if safe to do so, move theshift lever to the N (Neutral) positionand then push the vehicle to a safelocation.• If your vehicle has a manual

transaxle not equipped with a igni-tion lock switch, the vehicle canmove forward by shifting to the2(second) or 3(third) gear and thenturning the starter without depress-ing the clutch pedal.

If you have a flat tire while driv-ing If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing:• Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slowdown while driving straight ahead.Do not apply the brakes immedi-ately or attempt to pull off the roadas this may cause loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.When the vehicle has slowed tosuch a speed that it is safe to doso, brake carefully and pull off theroad. Drive off the road as far aspossible and park on firm, levelground. If you are on a dividedhighway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

• When the vehicle is stopped, pressthe hazard warning flasher button,move the shift lever into P (Park,for Continuously Variable Transaxlevehicle) or neutral (for ManualTransaxle vehicle), apply the park-ing brake, and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF position.

• Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out onthe side of the vehicle that is awayfrom traffic.

• When changing a flat tire, followthe instructions provided later inthis chapter.

If the engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly • Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park) if it is aContinuously Variable Transaxlevehicle. The engine starts onlywhen the shift lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park).

• Check the battery connections tobe sure they are clean and tight.

• Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operatethe starter, the battery is drained.

Do not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. This could cause damage toyour vehicle.

See instructions for "Jump Starting"provided in this chapter.

If the engine turns over normallybut doesn't start • Check the fuel level and add fuel if

necessary.If the engine still does not start, werecommend that you call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

Push or pull starting the vehiclemay cause the catalytic converterto overload which can lead todamage to the emission controlsystem.

WARNING

Jump starting can be dangerous ifdone incorrectly. Follow the jumpstarting procedure in this section toavoid serious injury or damage toyour vehicle. If in doubt about how toproperly jump start your vehicle, westrongly recommend that you have aservice technician or towing servicedo it for you.

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH to you or bystanders,always follow these precautionswhen working near or handling thebattery:

Always read and followinstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.Wear eye protectiondesigned to protect theeyes from acid splashes.Keep all flames, sparks, orsmoking materials awayfrom the battery.Hydrogen is always pres-ent in battery cells, is high-ly combustible, and mayexplode if ignited.

(Continued)

(Continued)Keep batteries out ofreach of children.

Batteries contain sulfuricacid which is highly corro-sive. Do not allow acid tocontact your eyes, skin orclothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flushyour eyes with clean water for atleast 15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention. If acid getson your skin, thoroughly wash thearea. If you feel pain or a burningsensation, get medical attentionimmediately.• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-

tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak. Lift with a battery carrier orwith your hands on opposite cor-ners.

• Do not attempt to jump startyour vehicle if your battery isfrozen.

(Continued)

WARNING

(Continued)• NEVER attempt to recharge the

battery when the vehicle’s bat-tery cables are connected to thebattery.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. NEVERtouch these components withthe engine running or when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

• Do not allow the (+) and (-)jumper cables to touch. It maycause sparks.

• The battery may rupture orexplode when you jump startwith a low or frozen battery.

• Never attempt jump start if youobserve cracks, leaks or otherdamage on Battery.

TTo prevent damage to your vehicle:• Only use a 12-volt power supply

(battery or jumper system) to jumpstart your vehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start yourvehicle by push-starting.

Information An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your local law(s)or regulation.

Jump starting procedure 1.Position the vehicles close enough

that the jumper cables will reach,but do not allow the vehicles totouch.

2.Avoid fans or any moving parts inthe engine compartment at alltimes, even when the vehicles areturned off.

3.Turn off all electrical devices suchas radios, lights, air conditioning,etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park, forContinuously Variable Transaxlevehicle) or neutral (for ManualTransaxle vehicle), and set theparking brakes. Turn both vehiclesOFF.

i

NOTICE

Pb

• Improper jump starting proce-dure can result in battery explo-sion and acid burn hazard.

• Loosely connected batterycables could damage the elec-tronic control units.

• To disconnect battery terminalswait for at least 2 minutes toallow discharge of high voltageor it could lead to personalinjury.

• While disconnecting, always dis-connect the -VE terminal firstand while connecting, alwaysconnect the -VE terminal last.

CAUTION

4.Connect the jumper cables in theexact sequence shown in the illus-tration. First connect one jumpercable to the red, positive (+)jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).

5.Connect the other end of thejumper cable to the red, positive(+) battery/jumper terminal of theassisting vehicle (2).

6.Connect the second jumper cableto the black, negative (-)battery/chassis ground of theassisting vehicle (3).

7.Connect the other end of the sec-ond jumper cable to the black, neg-ative (-) chassis ground of yourvehicle (4).Do not allow the jumper cables tocontact anything except the correctbattery or jumper terminals or thecorrect ground. Do not lean overthe battery when making connec-tions.

8.Start the engine of the assistingvehicle and let it run at approxi-mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-utes. Then start your vehicle.

If your vehicle will not start after afew attempts, it probably requiresservicing. In this event please seekqualified assistance. If the cause ofyour battery discharging is notapparent, we recommend that yourvehicle be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Disconnect the jumper cables in theexact reverse order you connectedthem:1.Disconnect the jumper cable from

the black, negative (-) chassisground of your vehicle (4).

2.Disconnect the other end of thejumper cable from the black, nega-tive (-) battery/chassis ground ofthe assisting vehicle (3).

3.Disconnect the second jumpercable from the red, positive (+) bat-tery/jumper terminal of the assist-ing vehicle (2).

4.Disconnect the other end of thejumper cable from the red, positive(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle(1).

OLMB063002/Q

Jumper Terminal

Jumper Cables

Booster Battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

Never connect Jumper Cabledirectly to the negative (-) terminalof discharged Battery (YourVehicle Battery), or an Explosionmay occur.

WARNING

If your temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, you experience a lossof power, or hear loud pinging orknocking, the engine may be over-heating. If this happens, you should: 1.Pull off the road and stop as soon

as it is safe to do so.2.Place the shift lever in P (Park, for

Continuously Variable Transaxlevehicle) or neutral (for ManualTransaxle vehicle) and set theparking brake. If the air condition-ing is ON, turn it OFF.

3.If engine coolant is running outunder the vehicle or steam is com-ing out from the hood, stop theengine. Do not open the hood untilthe coolant has stopped running orthe steaming has stopped. If thereis no visible loss of engine coolantand no steam, leave the enginerunning and check to be sure theengine cooling fan is operating. Ifthe fan is not running, turn theengine off.

4.Check for coolant leaking from theradiator, hoses or under the vehi-cle. (If the air conditioning hadbeen in use, it is normal for coldwater to be draining from it whenyou stop.)

5.If engine coolant is leaking out,stop the engine immediately andwe recommend that you call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

While the engine is run-ning, keep hands,clothing and tools awayfrom the moving partssuch as the cooling fanand drive belt to pre-vent serious injury.

WARNING

NEVER remove theradiator cap or thedrain plug while theengine and radiator arehot. Hot coolant and

steam may blow out under pres-sure, causing serious injury.Turn the engine off and wait untilthe engine cools down. Useextreme care when removing theradiator cap. Wrap a thick towelaround it, and turn it counterclock-wise slowly to the first stop. Stepback while the pressure isreleased from the cooling system.When you are sure all the pres-sure has been released, pressdown on the cap, using a thicktowel, and continue turning coun-terclockwise to remove it.

WARNING

6.If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the enginetemperature has returned to nor-mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,carefully add coolant to the reser-voir to bring the fluid level in thereservoir up to the halfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keepingalert for further signs of overheat-ing. If overheating happens again,we recommend that you call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

•• Serious loss of coolant indicates aleak in the cooling system and werecommend the system bechecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• When the engine overheats fromlow engine coolant, suddenlyadding engine coolant may causecracks in the engine. To preventdamage, add engine coolant slow-ly in small quantities.

NOTICE

JJack and tools

➀ Jack➁ Jack handle➂ Wheel lug nut wrench➃ Towing hook

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lugnut wrench, towing hook are storedin the luggage compartment underthe luggage box cover.The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.

Removing and storing the sparetire

Turn the winged hold down boltcounterclockwise to remove thespare tire.Store the spare tire in the same com-partment by turning the winged holddown bolt clockwise. To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling,” store them in theirproper location.

OIB067021

OIB067020

Changing a tire can be dangerous.Follow the instructions in this sec-tion when changing a tire toreduce the risk of serious injury ordeath.

WARNING

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down wing bolt by hand, you canloosen it easily using the wheel lugnut wrench.1. Put the wrench (1) inside of the

tire hold-down wing bolt.2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt

counterclockwise with the wrench.

CChanging tires

A vehicle can slip or roll off of ajack causing serious injury ordeath to you or those nearby.Take the following safety precau-tions:• Do not get under a vehicle that

is supported by a jack.• NEVER attempt to change a tire

in the lane of traffic. ALWAYSmove the vehicle completely offthe road on level, firm groundaway from traffic before trying tochange a tire. If you cannot finda level, firm place off the road,call a towing service for assis-tance.

• Be sure to use the jack providedwith the vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• ALWAYS place the jack on the

designated jacking positions onthe vehicle and NEVER on thebumpers or any other part of thevehicle for jacking support.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on the jack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Keep children away from theroad and the vehicle.

WARNING

OIB067022

Follow these steps to change yourvehicle’s tire:1.Park on a level, firm surface. 2.Move the shift lever into P (Park,

for Continuously Variable Transaxlevehicle) or neutral (for ManualTransaxle vehicle), apply the park-ing brake, and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF position.

3.Press the hazard warning flasherbutton.

4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5.Block both the front and rear of thetire diagonally opposite of the tireyou are changing.

6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter-clockwise one turn each in theorder shown above, but do notremove any lug nuts until the tirehas been raised off of the ground.

7.Place the jack at the designatedjacking position under the frameclosest to the tire you are chang-ing. The jacking positions areplates welded to the frame with twotabs and a raised dot. Never jackany other position or part of thevehicle.

OIB067006OIB067005

8.Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire clears theground. Make sure the vehicle isstable on the jack.

9.Loosen the lug nuts with the wheellug nut wrench and remove themwith your fingers. Remove thewheel from the studs and lay it flaton the ground out of the way.Remove any dirt or debris from thestuds, mounting surfaces, andwheel.

10. Install the spare tire onto thestuds of the hub.

11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fin-gers onto the studs with thesmaller end of the lug nuts clos-est to the wheel.

12. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the jack handle coun-terclockwise.

13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench totighten the lug nuts in the ordershown. Double-check each lugnut until they are tight. Afterchanging tires, we recommendthat an authorized HYUNDAIdealer tighten the lug nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possi-ble. TThe wheel lug nut should betightened to 11~13 kgf.m (79~94lbf.ft).

OIB067008OIB067007

If you have a tire gauge, check thetire pressure (see “Tires and Wheels”in chapter 8 for tire pressure instruc-tions.). If the pressure is lower orhigher than recommended, driveslowly to the nearest service stationand adjust it to the recommendedpressure. Always reinstall the valvecap after checking or adjusting tirepressure. If the cap is not replaced,air may leak from the tire. If you losea valve cap, buy another and install itas soon as possible. After changingtires, secure the flat tire and returnthe jack and tools to their proper stor-age locations.

IInformation Check the tire pressure as soon as pos-sible after installing a spare tire.Adjust it to the recommended pres-sure.

Your vehicle has metric threads onthe studs and lug nuts. Make certainduring tire changing that the samenuts that were removed are rein-stalled. If you have to replace yourlug nuts make sure they have metricthreads to avoid damaging the studsand ensure the wheel is properlysecured to the hub. We recommendthat you consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

If any of the equipment such as thejack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-ment is damaged or in poor condi-tion, do not attempt to change thetire and call for assistance.

Use of compact spare tires (if equipped) Compact spare tires are designed foremergency use only. Drive carefullyon the compact spare tire andalways follow the safety precautions.

i

NOTICE

To prevent compact spare tire fail-ure and loss of control possiblyresulting in an accident:• Use the compact spare tire only

in an emergency.• NEVER operate your vehicle

over 80 km/h (50 mph).• Do not exceed the vehicle’s

maximum load rating or the loadcarrying capacity shown on thesidewall of the compact sparetire.

• Do not use the compact sparetire continuously. Repair orreplace the original tire as soonas possible to avoid failure ofthe compact spare tire.

WARNING

When driving with the compact sparetire mounted to your vehicle:• Check the tire pressure after

installing the compact spare tire.The compact spare tire should beinflated to 420 kPa (60 psi).

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

IInformation When the original tire and wheel arerepaired and reinstalled on the vehi-cle, the lug nut torque must be set cor-rectly to prevent wheel vibration. Thecorrect lug nut tightening torque is11~13 kgf.m (79~94 lbf.ft).

To prevent damaging the compactspare tire and your vehicle:• Drive slowly enough for the road

conditions to avoid all hazards,such as a potholes or debris.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch).

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other wheels, nor shouldstandard tires, snow tires, wheelcovers or trim rings be used withthe compact spare wheel.

NOTICEi

JJack label 1. Model Name2. Maximum allowable load3. When using the jack, set your

parking brake.4. When using the jack, stop the

engine.5. Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.6. The designated locations under

the frame7. When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be verticalunder the lifting point.

8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicleswith Manual Transaxle or move theshift lever to the P position onvehicles with ContinuouslyVariable Transaxle.

9. The jack should be used on firmlevel ground.

10. Jack manufacture11. Production date12. Representative company and

address

OHYK065010

OHYK065011

• Type A■ Example

• Type B

❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

TTowing service

If emergency towing is necessary,we recommend having it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.Proper lifting and towing proceduresare necessary to prevent damage tothe vehicle. The use of wheel dolliesor flatbed is recommended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehiclewith the rear wheels on the ground(without dollies) and the front wheelsoff the ground. If any of the loadedwheels or suspension componentsare damaged or the vehicle is beingtowed with the front wheels on theground, use a towing dolly under thefront wheels.When being towed by a commercialtow truck and wheel dollies are notused, the front of the vehicle shouldalways be lifted, not the rear.

OIB064010

dolly

OIB067012

OIB064011

OIB064012

•• Do not tow the vehicle with 4wheels on the ground (such asdinghy towing behind a motorhomeor other motor vehicle) as this canseriously damage theContinuously Variable Transaxle.

• Do not tow the vehicle with thefront wheels on the ground as thismay cause damage to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use a wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

When towing your vehicle in anemergency without wheel dollies:1. Place the ignition switch in the

ACC position.2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Failure to place the shift lever in N(Neutral) when being towed with thefront wheels on the ground cancause internal damage to thetransaxle.

Removable towing hook

1.Open the trunk, and remove thetowing hook from the tool case.

2.Remove the hole cover pressingthe lower part of the cover on thefront bumper.

3.Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it isfully secured.

4.Remove the towing hook andinstall the cover after use.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OIB067013

OIB064017

■ 5 Door

■ Cross

EEmergency towing

If towing is necessary, we recom-mend you have it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commer-cial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed using a cable orchain secured to the emergency tow-ing hook at the front (or rear) of thevehicle.Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle with a cable or chain. Adriver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be doneonly on hard-surfaced roads for ashort distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train,steering and brakes must all be ingood condition.

Always follow these emergency tow-ing precautions:• Place the ignition switch in the

ACC position so the steeringwheel is not locked.

• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Depress the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you willhave reduced braking perform-ance.

• More steering effort will berequired because the power steer-ing system will be disabled.

• Use a vehicle heavier than yourown to tow your vehicle.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other fre-quently.

• Before emergency towing, checkthat the hook is not broken or dam-aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steadyand even force.

OIB067014

OIB064018

■ Front • 5 Door

■ Front • Cross

OIB067015

■ Rear

• Use a towing cable or chain lessthan 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach awhite or red cloth (about 30 cm (12inches) wide) in the middle of thecable or chain for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so the towing cableor chain remains tight during towing.

• Before towing, check theContinuously Variable Transaxle forfluid leaks under your vehicle. If theContinuously Variable Transaxlefluid is leaking, flatbed equipmentor a towing dolly must be used.

TTo avoid damage to your vehicle andvehicle components when towing:• Always pull straight ahead when

using the towing hooks. Do not pullfrom the side or at a vertical angle.

• Do not use the towing hooks to pulla vehicle out of mud, sand or otherconditions from which the vehiclecannot be driven out under its ownpower.

• Limit the vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph) and drive lessthan 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing toavoid serious damage to theContinuously Variable Transaxle.

NOTICE

OTD069011

OIB074056

■ Petrol Engine (Kappa 1.2 MPI)


1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Radiator cap

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Engine oil dipstick

6. Engine oil filler cap

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Engine room junction block

9. Battery

* : if equipped

OIB074001

■■ Diesel Engine (U II 1.4 TCI)


1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Radiator cap

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Engine oil dipstick

6. Engine oil filler cap

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

8. Engine room junction block

9. Battery

You should exercise the utmost careto prevent damage to your vehicleand injury to yourself whenever per-forming any maintenance or inspec-tion procedures. Inadequate, incom-plete or insufficient servicing mayresult in operational problems withyour vehicle that could lead to vehi-cle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

Owner's responsibilityInformation

Maintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibil-ity.

We recommend in general that youhave your vehicle serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.You should retain documents thatshow proper maintenance has beenperformed on your vehicle in accor-dance with the scheduled mainte-nance service charts shown on thefollowing pages. You need this infor-mation to establish your compliancewith the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle war-ranties.Detailed warranty information is pro-vided in your Service Passport.Repairs and adjustments required asa result of improper maintenance ora lack of required maintenance arenot covered when your vehicle iscovered by warranty.

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This chapter givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.

Information Improper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect war-ranty coverage. For details, read theseparate Service Passport providedwith the vehicle. If you're unsureabout any servicing or maintenanceprocedure, we recommend that thesystem be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

i

i

•• Do not put heavy objects or applyexcessive force on top of theengine cover (if equipped) or fuelrelated parts.

• When you inspect the fuel system(fuel lines and fuel injectiondevices), we recommend that youcontact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Do not drive long time with theengine cover(if equipped)removed.

• When checking the engine room,do not go near fire. Fuel, washerfluid, etc. are flammable oils thatmay cause fire.

• Before touching the battery, igni-tion cables and electrical wiring,you should disconnect the battery"-" terminal. You may get an elec-tric shock from the electric current.

(Continued)

NOTICE

Maintenance work• Performing maintenance work

on a vehicle can be dangerous.You can be seriously injuredwhile performing some mainte-nance procedures. If you lacksufficient knowledge and experi-ence or the proper tools andequipment to do the work, werecommend that the system beserviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)Therefore, if you must run theengine while working under thehood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especiallyrings, bracelets, watches, andnecklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING

Diesel Engine Never work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High-pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high-pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even afterthe engine stopped. The fuel jetproduced by fuel leaks may causeserious injury, if it touches thebody. People using pacemakersshould not move more than 30cmcloser to the ECU or wiring har-ness within the engine room whileengine is running, since the highcurrents in the electronic enginecontrol system produce consider-able magnetic fields.

WARNING (Continued)• When you remove the interior trim

cover with a flat head (-) driver, becareful not to damage the cover.

• Be careful when you replace andclean bulbs to avoid burns or elec-trical shock.

Engine compartment precautions(Diesel engine)• The injector operates at high volt-

age (maximum 200v). Therefore,the following accidents may occur.- Direct contact with the injector or

injector wiring may cause electricshock or damage your muscle ornerve system.

- The electromagnetic wave fromthe operating injector may causethe artificial heart pacemaker tomalfunction.

• Follow the safety tips providedbelow, when you are checking theengine room while the engine isrunning.- Do not touch the injector, injector

wirings, and the engine computerwhile the engine is running.

- Do not remove the injector con-nector while the engine is run-ning.

- People using pacemakers mustnot go near the engine while theengine is starting or running.

The following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed at the frequencies indicatedto help ensure safe, dependableoperation of your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your deal-er as soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checksare generally not covered by war-ranties and you may be charged forlabor, parts and lubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.• Check the radiator and condenser.

Check if the front of the radiatorand condenser are clean and notblocked with leaves, dirt or insectsetc.If any of the above parts areextremely dirty or you are not sureof their condition, we recommendthat you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell ofexhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steer-ing effort or looseness in the steer-ing wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantlyturns slightly or "pulls" to one sidewhen traveling on smooth, levelroad.

• When stopping, listen and checkfor unusual sounds, pulling to oneside, increased brake pedal travelor "hard-to-push" brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in theoperation of your transaxle occurs,check the transaxle fluid level.

• Check Continuously VariableTransaxle P (Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the airconditioning system during or afteruse is normal).

Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

WARNING

AAt least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turnsignals and hazard warning flash-ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare for tiresthat are worn, show uneven wear,or are damaged.

• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check the radiator, heater and air

conditioning hoses for leaks ordamage.

• Check the windshield washerspray and wiper operation. Cleanwiper blades with clean clothdampened with washer fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for

wear and function.

At least once a year:• Clean the body and door drain

holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and

checks, and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks

and latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate Continuously

Variable Transaxle linkage andcontrols.

• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. • Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km(10 miles) in

freezing temperature• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather• Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into engine• Driving in heavy traffic area• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly• Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing• Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)• Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition

If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule. If the caris being driven in severe conditions,more frequent oil and filter changesare required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oilsaturation and replace if necessary.Drive belts should be checked peri-odically for proper tension andadjusted as necessary.

When you are inspecting the belt,place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF or ACC position.

Fuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven,damage the emission system andcause multiple issues such as hardstarting. If an excessive amount offoreign matter accumulates in thefuel tank, the filter may requirereplacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run theengine for several minutes, andcheck for leaks at the connections. We recommend that the fuel filter bereplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses andconnections for leakage and dam-age. We recommend that the fuellines, fuel hoses and connections bereplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

NOTICE

Diesel onlyNever work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even afterthe engine stopped. The fuel jetproduced by fuel leaks may causeserious injury, if it touch the body.People using pacemakers shouldnot move than 30cm closer to theECU or wiring harness within theengine room while engine is run-ning, since the high currents in theCommon Rail system produceconsiderable magnetic fields.

WARNING

VVapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those inter-vals specified in the maintenanceschedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-rectly replaced.

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-dence of heat and/or mechanicaldamage. Hard and brittle rubber,cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterio-ration. Particular attention should bepaid to examine those hose surfacesnearest to high heat sources, suchas the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assurethat the hoses do not come in con-tact with any heat source, sharpedges or moving component whichmight cause heat damage ormechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps andcouplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are pres-ent. Hoses should be replacedimmediately if there is any evidenceof deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filterWe recommend that the air cleanerfilter be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugsof the correct heat range.

Do not disconnect and inspectspark plugs when the engine ishot. You may burn yourself.

WARNING

CCooling systemCheck cooling system components,such as radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakageand damage. Replace any damagedparts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed atthe intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance sched-ule.

Continuously Variable Transaxlefluid (if equipped)Continuously Variable Transaxle fluidshould not be checked under normalusage conditions.But, the Continuously VariableTransaxle fluid should be changedunder severe usage conditions. Werecommend that the ContinuouslyVariable Transaxle fluid changed byan authorized HYUNDAI dealeraccording to the maintenance sched-ule. (Refer to “Maintenance UnderSevere Usage Conditions” in thischapter. )

Information Continuously Variable Transaxle fluidcolor is basically light amber. As the vehicle is driven, theContinuously Variable Transaxle fluidwill begin to look darker.It is normal condition and you shouldnot judge the need to replace the fluidbased upon the changed color.

The use of non-specified fluid (evenmarked as compatible with genuine)could result in shift quality deteriora-tion and vibrations, eventually, thetransaxle failure.Use only specified ContinuouslyVariable Transaxle fluid. (Refer to"Recommended lubricants andcapacities" in chapter 8.)

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration andany leakage. Replace any deteriorat-ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween "MIN" (Minimum) and"MAX" (Maximum) marks on the sideof the reservoir. Use only hydraulicbrake fluid conforming to DOT 3 orDOT 4 specification.

NOTICE

i

PParking brakeInspect the parking brake systemincluding the parking brake pedaland cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, andcalipers for fluid leakage.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connectionsfor looseness or damage. Retightento the specified torque.Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engineoff, check for excessive free-play inthe steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or dam-age. Check the dust boots and balljoints for deterioration, cracks, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots andclamps for cracks, deterioration, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines andconnections for leakage and dam-age.

Checking the engine oil level(Petrol engiene)

1.Be sure the vehicle is on levelground.

2.Start the engine and allow it toreach normal operating tempera-ture.

3.Turn the engine off and wait for afew minutes (about 5 minutes) forthe oil to return to the oil pan.

4.Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,and reinsert it fully.

5.Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level. The level should bebetween F (Full) and L (Low).

If it is near or at L (Low), add enoughoil to bring the level to F (Full). Do notoverfill.Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.Use only the specified engine oil.(Refer to "Recommended lubricantsand capacities" in chapter 8.)

Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

WARNING

OIB074004

OIB074006

• Do not overfill the engine oil. Itmay damage the engine.

• Do not spill engine oil, whenadding or changing engine oil. Ifyou drop the engine oil on theengine room, wipe it off immedi-ately.

• When you wipe the oil levelgauge, you should wipe it with aclean cloth. When mixed withdebris, it can cause engine dam-age.

CAUTION

CChanging the coolantWe recommend that the coolant bereplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Put a thick cloth or fabric around theradiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing into engineparts such as the alternator.

NOTICE

Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and maycause loss of vehicle control ordamage to paint and body trim.

WARNING

DDo not allow brake/clutch fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.Brake/clutch fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extendedtime should never be used as itsquality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be properly disposed. Don'tput in the wrong kind of fluid. A fewdrops of mineral-based oil, such asengine oil, in your brake/clutch sys-tem can damage brake/clutch sys-tem parts.

NOTICE

Brake/clutch fluidWhen changing and addingbrake/clutch fluid, handle it care-fully. Do not let it come in contactwith your eyes. If brake/clutch fluidcome in contact with your eyes,immediately flush them with alarge quantity of fresh tap water.Have your eyes examined by adoctor as soon as possible.

WARNING

Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer

fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-sary. Plain water may be used ifwasher fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent withantifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the parking brake

Check the stroke of the parkingbrake by counting the number of“clicks’’ heard while fully applying itfrom the released position. Also, theparking brake alone should securelyhold the vehicle on a fairly steepgrade. If the stroke is more or lessthan specified, we recommend thatthe system be inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of 20kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

OIB074014OIB054004

Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and maycause loss of vehicle control ordamage to the paint and bodytrim.

• Windshield washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alco-hol and can be flammable undercertain circumstances. Do notallow sparks or flame come incontact with the washer fluid orthe washer fluid reservoir.Damage to the vehicle or occu-pants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid comingin contact with the windshieldwasher fluid. Serious injury ordeath could occur.

WARNING

Draining water from fuel filterThe fuel filter for diesel engine playsan important role of separating waterfrom fuel and accumulating the waterin its bottom.If water accumulates in the fuel filter,the warning light comes on when theignition switch is in the ON position.

If this warning light turnedon, we recommend thatthe system be serviced byan authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

If the water accumulated in the fuelfilter is not drained at proper times,damages to the major parts such asthe fuel system can be caused bywater permeation in the fuel filter.

Extracting air from the fuel filterIf you drive until you have no fuel left

or if you replace the fuel filter, besure to extract air from the fuel sys-tem as it makes it difficult to start theengine.1. Pump up and down(1) approxi-

mately 50 times until the pump ishard.

2. Extract air from the fuel filter byremoving the bolt(2) with a cross-tip screw driver and reinstall thebolt(2).

3. Pump up and down(1) approxi-mately 15 times.

4. Extract air from the fuel filter by

removing the bolt(2) with a cross-tip screw driver and reinstall thebolt(2).

5. Pump up and down(1) approxi-mately 5 times.

Information • Use cloths when you extract air so

that the fuel is not sprayed around.• Clean the fuel around the fuel filter

or the injection pump before start-ing the engine to prevent fire.

• Finally, check each part if the fuel isleaking.

i

NOTICEOIB074016

Filter replacement

You can clean the filter when inspect-ing the air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressedair.

1. Loosen the air cleaner coverattaching clips and open the cover.

2. Remove the used filter and wipethe inside of the air cleaner hous-ing carefully not to remain dusts inthe cover housing.

3. Place new filter with clean handsand ensure the rubber gasket isnot taken off.

4. Lock the cover with attaching clips.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extreme-ly dusty or sandy areas, replace theelement more often than the usualrecommended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usageconditions” in this chapter.)

• Do not drive with the filterremoved; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When replacing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirt doesnot enter the air intake, or damagemay result.Keep the new filter clean of anycontamination while replacing.

• We recommend that you use partsfor replacement from an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

OIB074017

OIB074018

Don’t clean the used filter. It cancause contaminations on theclean side of filter to result inengine wear or sensors’ failure.

CAUTION

Filter inspectionIf the vehicle is operated in theseverely air-polluted cities or ondusty rough roads for a long period,it should be inspected more fre-quently and cleaned earlier. Whenyou, the owner, clean the climatecontrol air filter, clean it performingthe following procedure, and be care-ful to avoid damaging other compo-nents. Replace the filter according to themaintenance Schedule.

Filter replacement

1. Open the glove box.

2. Push in both sides of the glove boxas shown. This will ensure that theglove box stopper pins will getreleased from its holding locationallowing the glove box to hang.

OIB074022

OIB044021

3. Remove the climate control air fil-ter cover by pushing or pressingthe clip (1) on left side.

4. Clean the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order

of disassembly.

IInstall a new climate control air filter inthe correct direction with the arrowsymbol(↓) facing downwards. Otherwise, the climate control effectsmay decrease, possibly with a noise.

NOTICE

ODH073012

OIB074024

OIB074023

FFront windshield wiper blade

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn thewiper blade assembly to exposethe plastic locking clip.

Do not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield. 2. Compress the clip and slide the

blade assembly downward.3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

Rear window wiper blade (if equipped)

1.Raise the wiper arm and rotate thewiper blade assembly (1).

2.Pull out the wiper blade assembly.NOTICE

OLMB073023OLMB073020

OLMB073021

OLMB073022

3.Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into theslot in the wiper arm until it clicksinto place.

4.Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull itslightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper armsor other components, we recom-mend that the wiper blade bereplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

OLMB073024

For best battery service

• Keep the battery securely mount-ed.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte fromthe battery immediately with asolution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to beused for an extended time, discon-nect the battery cables.

Information - For batteries marked with UPPER andLOWER

If your vehicle is equipped with a bat-tery marked with LOWER (MIN) andUPPER (MAX) on the side, youshould check the electrolyte level. The electrolyte level should bebetween LOWER (MIN) and UPPER(MAX). When the electrolyte level islow, add distilled (or de-mineralized)water. (Never add sulfuric acids orother electrolyte).

(Continued)

(Continued)Be careful not to spill distilled (or de-mineralized) water over the batterysurface or other adjacent components. Also, do not overfill the battery cells. If not, it may corrode the battery orother components. Finally, securelyclose the cell cap. However, we recom-mend you to contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for better batteryservice.

i

OIB074026

OHYK077011

(Continued)If any electrolyte getsinto your eyes, flushyour eyes with cleanwater for at least 15minutes and get imme-diate medical attention.If electrolyte gets onyour skin, thoroughlywash the contactedarea. If you feel a painor a burning sensation,get medical attentionimmediately.Wear eye protectionwhen charging or work-ing near a battery.Always provide ventila-tion when working in anenclosed space.

(Continued)

(Continued)An inappropriately dis-posed battery can beharmful to the environ-ment and humanhealth. Dispose thebattery according toyour local law(s) or reg-ulation.The battery containslead. Do not dispose ofit after use. Pleasereturn the battery to anauthorized HYUNDAIdealer to be recycled.

• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

(Continued)

Battery dangersAlways read the follow-ing instructions careful-ly when handling a bat-tery.Keep lighted cigarettesand all other flames orsparks away from thebattery. Hydrogen, a highlycombustible gas, isalways present in bat-tery cells and mayexplode if ignited.Keep batteries out ofthe reach of childrenbecause batteries con-tain highly corrosiveSULFURIC ACID. Donot allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

WARNING

IIf you connect unauthorized elec-tronic devices to the battery, the bat-tery may be discharged. Never useunauthorized devices.

Battery capacity label

❈ The actual battery label in the vehiclemay differ from the illustration.

1. CMF60L-BCI : The HYUNDAImodel name of battery

2. 12V : The nominal voltage3. 60Ah(20HR) : The nominal capac-

ity (in Ampere hours)4. 92RC : The nominal reserve

capacity (in min.)5. 550CCA : The cold-test current in

amperes by SAE6. 440A : The cold-test current in

amperes by EN

Battery rechargingYour vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-ple, the headlights or interior lightswere left on while the vehicle wasnot in use), recharge it by slowcharging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load whilethe vehicle is being used, rechargeit at 20-30A for two hours.

NOTICE

OJD072039

■ Example(Continued)• Never attempt to recharge the

battery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components withthe engine running or the igni-tion switched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

RReset itemsItems should be reset after the bat-tery has been discharged or the bat-tery has been disconnected.• Auto up/down window

(See chapter 3)• Climate control system

(See chapter 3)• Audio (See chapter 3)

Battery replacementReplacing a Battery required precau-tionary measures. We recommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Disconnect the battery chargerin the following order.

1.Turn off the battery chargermain switch.

2.Unhook the negative clamp fromthe negative battery terminal.

3.Unhook the positive clamp fromthe positive battery terminal.

• Before performing maintenanceor recharging the battery, turnoff all accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

WARNING

Recharging batteryWhen recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed inan area with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce thecharging rate if the battery cellsbegin gassing (boiling) violentlyor if the temperature of the elec-trolyte of any cell exceeds 49°C(120°F).

• Wear eye protection whenchecking the battery duringcharging.


WARNING

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

OIB074055

Tire underinflationSevere underinflation (70 kPa (10psi) or more) can lead to severeheat build-up, causing blowouts,tread separation and other tire fail-ures that can result in the loss ofvehicle control leading to severeinjury or death. This risk is muchhigher on hot days and when driv-ing for long periods at highspeeds.

WARNING

•• Underinflation also results inexcessive wear, poor handling andreduced fuel economy. Wheeldeformation also is possible. Keepyour tire pressures at the properlevels. If a tire frequently needsrefilling, we recommend that thesystem be checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces a harshride, excessive wear at the centerof the tire tread, and a greater pos-sibility of damage from road haz-ards.

• Warm tires normally exceed rec-ommended cold tire pressures by28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do notrelease air from warm tires toadjust the pressure or the tires willbe underinflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflationvalve caps. Without the valve cap,dirt or moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage.If a valve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

- Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the tires

are cold. (After vehicle has beenparked for at least three hours orhasn't been driven more than 1.6km (one mile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of your sparetire each time you check the pres-sure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle. Becareful not to overload a vehicleluggage rack if your vehicle isequipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badly worn,or if your tires have been dam-aged, replace them.

NOTICENOTICENOTICE

Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflation canreduce tire life, adversely affectvehicle handling, and lead to sud-den tire failure. This could result inloss of vehicle control and poten-tial injury.

WARNING

CChecking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure. You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

• Inspect your tires frequently forproper inflation as well as wearand damage. Always use a tirepressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly causingpoor handling, loss of vehiclecontrol, and sudden tire failureleading to accidents, injuries,and even death. The recom-mended cold tire pressure foryour vehicle can be found in thismanual and on the tire labellocated on the driver's side cen-ter pillar.

• Worn tires can cause accidents.Replace tires that are worn,show uneven wear, or are dam-aged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends that youcheck the spare every time youcheck the pressure of the othertires on your vehicle.

WARNING

TTire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 10,000 km (6,200 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter8.

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

Information Rotate radial tires that have an asym-metric tread pattern only from frontto rear and not from right to left.

i

• Do not use the compact sparetire for tire rotation.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may cause unusu-al handling characteristics thatcould result in death, severeinjury, or property damage.

WARNINGCBGQ0706

CBGQ0707

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire/4 Alloy wheels & sparewheel with steel rim

With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)/For all5 Steel/5 Alloy wheels

Directional tires (if equipped)

WWheel alignment and tire bal-ance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

Improper wheel weights can damageyour vehicle's aluminum wheels. Useonly approved wheel weights.

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

When replacing the tires, recheckand tighten the wheel nuts after driv-ing about 1,000 km (620miles). If thesteering wheel shakes or the vehiclevibrates while driving, the tire is outof balance. Align the tire balance. Ifthe problem is not solved, we recom-mend that you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator

Replacing tiresTo reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an accidentcaused by tire failure or loss ofvehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or are dam-aged. Worn tires can cause lossof braking effectiveness, steer-ing control, and traction.

(Continued)

WARNING

CCompact spare tire replacement (if equipped)A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replaced compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed to mount aregular size tire.

(Continued)• Do not drive your vehicle with

too little or too much pressure inyour tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, never mixradial and bias-ply tires on thesame car. You must replace alltires (including the spare) if mov-ing from radial to bias-ply tires.

• It is best to replace all four tires atthe same time. If that is not possi-ble, or necessary, then replace thetwo front or two rear tires as a pair.Replacing just one tire can serious-ly affect your vehicle’s handling.

• Using tires and wheel other thanthe recommended sizes couldcause unusual handling charac-teristics and poor vehicle con-trol, resulting in a serious acci-dent.


• Wheels that do not meetHYUNDAI's specifications mayfit poorly and result in damage tothe vehicle or unusual handlingand poor vehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed. When replacing tires, all 4 tiresmust use the same size original-ly supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different size cancause the ABS (Anti-lock BrakeSystem) and ESC (ElectronicStability Control) to work irregu-larly. (if equipped)

WWheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road, toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol of the vehicle.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps decrease tirewear. If you find a tire worn unevenly,have your dealer check the wheelalignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

Tire sidewall labeling

This information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

A wheel that is not the correct sizemay adversely affect wheel andbearing life, braking and stoppingabilities, handling characteristics,ground clearance, body-to-tireclearance, snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cali-bration, headlight aim and bumperheight.

WARNING

I030B04JM

1

1

2 3

4

5,6

7

22. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P195/65R15 94H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengercars or light trucks; however, notall tires have this marking).

195 - Tire width in millimeters.65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s chapter

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).15 - Rim diameter in inches.

94 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this chapterfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.0JX15

6.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.15 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

SpeedRatingSymbol

Maximum Speed

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)W 270 km/h (168 mph)Y 300 km/h (186 mph)

33. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2018.

4. Tire ply composition and materi-al

The number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended that tiresgenerally be replaced after six (6)years of normal service. Heatcaused by hot climates or frequenthigh loading conditions can accel-erate the aging process. Failureto follow this warning could causesudden tire failure, which couldlead to a loss of control and anaccident involving serious injury ordeath.

WARNING

66. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum chapter width.For example: TREAD wear 200TRACTION AATEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

The traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-aheadbraking traction tests, and doesnot include acceleration, corner-ing, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

WARNING

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

LLow aspect ratio tire (if equipped) Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspectratio is lower than 50, are providedfor sporty looks.Because the low aspect ratio tiresare optimized for handling and brak-ing, it may be more uncomfortable toride in and there is more noise com-pare with normal tires.

Tire temperatureThe temperature grade for this tireis established for a tire that isproperly inflated and not over-loaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading,either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat build-up andsudden tire failure. This can causeloss of vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

BBecause the sidewall of the lowaspect ratio tire is shorter than thenormal, the wheel and tire of the lowaspect ratio tire is easier to be dam-aged. So, follow the instructionsbelow.- When driving on a rough road or

off road, drive cautiously becausetires and wheels may be damaged.And after driving, inspect tires andwheels.

- When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, or curbstone, drive slowly so that the tiresand wheels are not damaged.

- If the tire is impacted, we recom-mend that you inspect the tire con-dition or contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

- To prevent damage to the tire,inspect the tire condition and pres-sure every 3,000km.

• It is not easy to recognize the tiredamage with your own eyes. But ifthere is the slightest hint of tiredamage, even though you cannotsee the tire damage with your owneyes, have the tire checked orreplaced because the tire damagemay cause air leakage from thetire.

• If the tire is damaged by driving ona rough road, off road, pothole,manhole, or curb stone, it will notbe covered by the warranty.

• You can find out the tire informa-tion on the tire sidewall.

NOTICENOTICE

A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-tected from electrical overload dam-age by fuses.This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bol-ster, the other in the engine compart-ment near the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, checkthe appropriate circuit fuse. If a fusehas blown, the element inside thefuse will be melted.If the electrical system does notwork, first check the driver’s sidefuse panel.Before replacing a blown fuse, dis-connect the negative battery cable.Always replace a blown fuse withone of the same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, thisindicates an electrical problem. Avoidusing the system involved and imme-diately consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: bladetype for lower amperage rating, slowblow type and multi fuse for higheramperage ratings.

Do not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

Information The actual fuse/relay panel label maydiffer from equipped items.

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

OTA070039

Normal

Normal

■ Slow Blow type

■ Multi fuse

BB lloowwnn

Normal

■ Blade type

Fuse replacement• Never replace a fuse with any-

thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or aluminumfoil instead of the proper fuse -even as a temporary repair. Itmay cause extensive wiringdamage and a possible fire.

WARNING

BB lloowwnn

BBlloo wwnn

•• When replacing a blown fuse orrelay with a new one, make surethe new fuse or relay fits tightly intothe clips. The incomplete fasteningfuse or relay may cause the vehi-cle wiring and electric systemsdamage and a possible fire.

• Do not remove fuses, relays andterminals fastened with bolts ornuts. The fuses, relays and termi-nals may be fastened incomplete-ly, and it may cause a possible fire.If fuses, relays and terminals fas-tened with bolts or nuts are blown,consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Do not input any other objectsexcept fuses or relays intofuse/relay terminals such as a driv-er or wiring. It may cause contactfailure and system malfunction.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Check the blown fuse with the fuse

information on the fuse box cover.• Replace the blown fuse on the

same place after turning off theignition switch and all electricswitches and disconnecting thenegative battery cable.

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment

1. Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.

2. Open the fuse panel cover.

OIB074028

3. Pull the suspected fuse straightout. Use the fuse puller provided inthe engine compartment fusepanel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips.

If it fits loosely, we recommend thatyou consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.If you do not have a spare, use afuse of the same rating from a circuityou may not need for operating thevehicle, such as the cigarette lighterfuse.If the electrical components do notwork and the fuses are OK, checkthe fuse panel in the engine com-partment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

MMemory fuse

Your vehicle is equipped with thememory fuse to prevent battery dis-charge if your vehicle is parked with-out being operated for prolongedperiods. Use the following proce-dures before parking the vehicle forprolonged periods.

1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail

lights.3. Open the driver's side panel cover

and pull up the memory fuse.

OIB074029

OIB074030

IInformation • If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items mustbe reset after replacement. Refer to"Battery" in this chapter.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still bedischarged by operation of theheadlights or other electricaldevices.

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement

1. Turn the ignition switch and allother switches off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover bypressing the tab and pulling up thecover.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. To remove or insertthe fuse, use the fuse puller in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips. If it fits loosely, we rec-ommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

After checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securely installthe fuse panel cover. If not, electricalfailures may occur from water leak-ing in.

NOTICEi

OIB074031

MMain fuse (Multi fuse)

If the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.2. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

3. Replace the fuse with a new oneof the same rating.

4. Reinstall in the reverse order ofremoval.

OIB074032

OIB074031

If the main fuse is not assembledproperly, it may cause fire. If the main fuse is blown, we rec-ommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION

FFuse/relay panel descriptionInner fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,you can find the fuse/relay labeldescribing fuse/relay name andcapacity.

Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to yourvehicle. It is accurate at the time ofprinting. When you inspect the fusepanel in your vehicle, refer to the fusepanel label

i

OIB074033

OIB077044

FFuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected

SAFETY P/WDW 25A Driver Safety Power Window Module

P/WDW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch (RHD)

HTD MIRR 10A PCM/ECM, A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

FOG LP FRT 10A Front Fog Lamp Relay

RR HTD 30A RR HTD Relay

P/WDW RH 25A Driver Power Window Switch

STOP LAMP STOPLAMP 15A Stop Signal Electronic Module

POWER OUTLET LH 20A Power Outlet LH & USB Charger

DR LOCK 20A T/Gate Unlock Relay, Door Lock/Unlock Relay

A/CON 2 10A A/CON Fuse for Clutch+Condition

POWER OUTLET RH 20A Power Outlet RH

BLOWER 10A A/C Control Module, Blower Motor

ACC 10A Power Outside Mirror Switch, Auido, Digital Clock, BCM, Smart Key Control Module,I/P Junction Block (P/OUTLET Relay)

START 10A CVT : Transaxle Range Switch, M/T : PCM/ECM, E/R Junction Block (Start Relay), Ignition Lock Switch,

Smart Key Control Module, Clutch Switch

TURN 15A BCM

Driver’s side fuse panel


SENSOR 10A Diesel 1.4 : Fuel Filter Warning Sensor

MODULE3 10A A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block (Multipurpose Check Connector), ATM ShiftLever ILL., Center Facia Switch, Audio

PDM1 25A Smart Key Control Module

PDM2 10A Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch

MODULE2 10A Parking Distance Warning Buzzer, Parking Distance Warning-Reverse LH/RH, ParkingDistance Warning-Reverse (CENTER) LH/RH

TCU 15A CVT : Transaxle Range Switch, Pulse Generator 'A' / 'B',M/T : Vehicle Speed Sensor, I/P Junction Block (Fuse - F26)

TAIL LP RHRH

10A Rear Combination Lamp (In/Out) RH, Head Lamp RH, ILL. (+), License Lamp (4DR),License Lamp LH/RH (5DR)

TAIL LP LHLH

10A Rear Combination Lamp (In/Out) LH, Head Lamp LH, License Lamp

RR WIPER 15A Rear Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Rear Wiper Relay)

ABS 10A ABS Control Module

A/BAG 10A SRS Control Module

ECU 10A PCM/ECM, Smart Key Control Module

BRAKE SWITCH 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster



MDPS 1 10A MDPS Unit

MODULE1 10A BCM, Sport Mode Switch, Stop Lamp Switch

MODULE 4 10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module

A/CON 1 1

A/C 10A PCB Block (Blower Relay), A/C Control Module, Cluster Ionizer (Auto A/C)

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch

MODULE 5 10A Head Lamp Leveling Device Switch, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH,BCM, PCB Block (H/Lamp HI Relay)

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster

AUDIO 20A Audio

ROOM LP 10A Luggage Lamp, Room Lamp, BCM, Hazard Switch & Door Lock Switch, Map Lamp,Center Room Lamp, Data Link Connector, Digital Clock, Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module


EEngine compartment fuse panel

OIB074031

OIB075065


Multi FuseMDPS 1 80A MDPS Unit

ALT [125A](150A) Alternator, Fuse - F8 / F9 / F10 / F11

Fuse

ECU 4 [15A] ECM/PCM

B+3 30A I/P Junction Block (Power Connector (Fuse - F45, F46), Fuse - F5, F9, F34)

IG1 30A W/O Button Start : Ignition SwitchWith Button Start : PDM Relay Box (IG1 / ACC Relay)

B+1 30A I/P Junction Block (Fuse - F11, F12, F20, F23, F24)

GLOW (80A) E/R Junction Block (RLY. 1)

B+5 40A I/P Junction Block (P/OUTLET Relay)

B+4 40A I/P Junction Block (Fuse - F6)

ABS 30A ABS Control Module

ABS 40A ABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

Engine compartment main fuse panel

[ ] : G4LA (Gasoline 1.2)( ) : D4FC (Diesel 1.4)

[ ] : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlight( ) : Bi-Function Projection Headlight

PCB Block (Gasoline engine)


ECU 1 30A PCB Block (Engine Control Relay, Fuse - F25)

HORN 15A Horn Relay, B/Alarm Horn Relay

FUEL PUMP 20A F/Pump Relay

WIPER FRT 25A Wiper Lo Relay

DRL (10A) DRL Relay

H/LAMP LO 20A H/Lamp Lo Relay

H/LAMP HI [20A] (10A) H/Lamp Hi Relay

C/FAN 40A C/Fan Lo Relay, C/Fan Hi Relay

BLOWER 50A Blower Relay

IG 2 30A Start Relay, W/O Button Start : Ignition Switch, With Button Start : PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay)

B+2 30A I/P Junction Block (P/WDW Relay, TAIL Relay, Fuse - F1)

TCU 1 10A 1.2 CVT : PCM

ECU 3 15AF/Pump Relay, ECM, C/Fan HI/LO Relay, Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Oxygen Sensor(Up/Down), Oil Control Valve #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake SolenoidValve, A/CON Relay, Immobilizer Module

B/UP LAMP B/UPLAMP 10A CVT : PCM, Transaxle Range Switch, Instrument Cluster, Audio

M/T : Back-Up Lamp Switch, I/P Junction Block (Fuse - F26)

PCB Block (Gasoline engine)


H/LAMP RH 10A Head Lamp RH

H/LAMP LH 10A Head Lamp LH

TCU 2 15A 1.4 A/T : PCM

ECU 2 15A ECM/PCM, Injector #1/#2/#3#4

IGN COIL 15A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser

PCB Block (Diesel engine)


ECU 1 30A PCB Block (Engine Control Relay)

HORN 15A Horn Relay, B/Alarm Horn Relay

WIPER FRT 25A Wiper Lo Relay

DRL (10A) DRL Relay

H/LAMP LO 20A H/Lamp Lo Relay

H/LAMP HI [20A] (10A) H/Lamp Hi Relay

C/FAN 50A C/Fan Lo Relay, C/Fan Hi Relay

BLOWER 50A Blower Relay

IG 2 30A Start Relay, W/O Button Start : Ignition Switch, With Button Start : PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay)

B+2 30A I/P Junction Block (P/WDW Relay, TAIL Relay, Fuse : F1)

ECU 3 10A Stop Lamp Switch, C/FAN Lo/Hi Relay, A/CON Relay

B/UP LAMP B/UPLAMP 10A Back-Up Lamp Switch, I/P Junction Block (Fuse - F26)

H/LAMP RH 10A Head Lamp RH

H/LAMP LH 10A Head Lamp LH

[ ] : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlight( ) : Bi-Function Projection Headlight

PCB Block (Diesel engine)


ECU 4 20A ECM

ECU 2 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 1), Electrical EGR Control Valve, Mass Air Flow Sensor, WGT Control Solenoid Valve, Camshaft Position Sensor, Immobilizer Module

ECU 5 10A Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve

Consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer to replace most vehicle lightbulbs. It is difficult to replace vehiclelight bulbs because other parts of thevehicle must be removed before youcan get to the bulb. This is especiallytrue for removing the headlightassembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

Information After heavy driving, rain or washingheadlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is causedby the temperature differencebetween the lamp inside and outside.This is similar to the condensation onyour windows inside your vehicle dur-ing the rain and doesn’t indicate aproblem with your vehicle. If thewater leaks into the lamp bulb circuit-ry, we recommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Be sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may cause dam-age to the fuse or electric wiring sys-tem.

i

Prior to replacing a light, depressthe foot brake, move the shift leverinto the P (Park, for ContinuouslyVariable Transaxle vehicle) orneutral (for Manual Transaxlevehicle), apply the parking brake,place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position, and take thekey with you when leaving thevehicle to avoid sudden move-ment of the vehicle and to preventpossible electric shock.Be aware the bulbs may be hotand may burn your fingers.

WARNING

HHeadlight, Parking (Position)Light, Turn signal Light, LowBeam Assist-Static Light, FogLight and Daytime Running Lightbulb replacement

(1) Headlight (Low/High) *1

(2) Parking (Position) Light(3) Front Turn signal Light(4) Daytime Running Light

(if equipped)(5) Front Fog Light (if equipped)

*1 : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector)Headlight


(2) Low Beam Assist-Static Light(3) Front Turn Signal Light(4) Position Light/

Daytime Running Light (DRL) (5) Front Fog Light (if equipped)

*2 : Bi-Function Projection Headlight


(2) Parking (Position) Light(3) Front Turn signal Light(4) Front Fog Light (if equipped)

*1 : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector)Headlight

OIB077068

■ 5 Door• Type A

OIB077069

■ 5 Door• Type B

OIB077070

■ Cross• Type A


(2) Low Beam Assist-Static Light(3) Front Turn Signal Light(4) Position Light/

Daytime Running Light (DRL) (5) Front Fog Light (if equipped)

*2 : Bi-Function Projection Headlight IInformation • If the headlight aiming adjustment

is necessary after the headlightassembly is reinstalled, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• The Fog Light aiming adjustmentcan be done by removing UNDERCOVER. Consult an authorisedHYUNDAI dealer.

i

(Continued)• Always handle them carefully,

and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

• If a bulb becomes damaged orcracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection whenchanging a bulb. Allow the bulbto cool down before handling it.

Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

(Continued)

WARNING

OLMB073042LOIB077060

■ Cross• Type B

HHeadlight (Low/High)

1. Open the hood.2. Remove the headlight bulb cover

by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Disconnect the headlight bulb

socket-connector.

4. Unsnap the headlight bulb retain-ing wire by depressing the endand pushing it upward.

5. Remove the bulb from the head-light assembly.

6. Install a new headlight bulb andsnap the headlight bulb retainingwire into position by aligning thewire with the groove on the bulb.

7. Connect the headlight bulb socketconnector.

8. Install the headlight bulb cover byturning it clockwise.

Information - Bi-Function projection

headlightThis headlight is bi-function type thatswitches the low beam to high or thehigh beam to low using solenoid sys-tem. So, the moving sound may beheard when the headlight switches thelow beam to high or the high beam tolow and it does not indicate malfunc-tion of the headlight.

Turn signal light1. Remove the turn signal light bulb

cover by turning it counterclock-wise.

2. Remove the socket from theassembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly.

3. Insert a new bulb by inserting itinto the socket and rotating it untilit locks into place.

4. Install the socket in the assemblyby aligning the tabs on the socketwith the slots in the assembly.Push the socket into the assemblyand turn the socket clockwise.

5. Install the turn signal light bulbcover by turning it clockwise.

i

OIB074048Turn signal light

Parking(Position) light

Headlight■ MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlight

OIB075061

Turn signal light

Headlight■ Bi-Function Projection Headlight

LLow Beam Assist-Static Light

1. Open the hood.2. Remove the Low Beam Assist-

Static Light bulb cover by turning itcounterclockwise.

3. Disconnect the Low Beam Assist-Static Light bulb socket-connector.

4. Unsnap the Low Beam Assist-Static Light bulb retaining wire bydepressing the end and pushing itupward.

5. Remove the bulb from the LowBeam Assist-Static Light assem-bly.

6. Install a new Low Beam Assist-Static Light bulb and snap the LowBeam Assist-Static Light bulbretaining wire into position byaligning the wire with the grooveon the bulb.

7. Connect the Low Beam Assist-Static Light bulb socket connector.

8. Install the Low Beam Assist-StaticLight bulb cover by turning it clock-wise.

Parking (Position) light1. Remove the socket from the

assembly by pulling it straight out.2. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pulling it out.3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket.4. Install the socket in the assembly

by pushing it in.

Front fog light or Daytime runninglight (if equipped)

OIB075061Low Beam Assist-Static Light

OIB077071

OIB077072

OIB077073

■ 5 Door• Type A (without DRL)

■ 5 Door• Type A (with DRL)

■ Cross

1. Remove the under cover by rotat-ing the screws and bolts.

2. Reach your hand into the back ofthe front bumper.

3. Disconnect the power connectorfrom the socket.

4. Remove the bulb-socket from thehousing by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe housing.

5. Install the new bulb-socket into thehousing by aligning the tabs onthe socket with the slots in thehousing. Push the socket into thehousing and turn the socket clock-wise.

6. Connect the power connector tothe socket.

7. Reinstall the front bumper undercover.

PPosition light/Daytime running light(if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with LEDlamps. LED lamps do not havereplaceable bulbs. If the LED lampdoes not operate, we recommendthat the vehicle be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Side repeater light (LED)replacement (if equipped)

If the light does not operte, we rec-ommend that the vehicle be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OIB074035

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,remove the light assembly fromthe body of the vehicle by pryingthe housing and pulling theassembly out.

2. Separate the socket and the lenspart by turning the socket counter-clockwise until the tabs on thesocket align with the slots on thelens part.

3. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

4. Insert a new bulb in the socket.5. Reassemble the socket and the

housing part.6. Reinstall the light assembly to the

body of the vehicle.

IInterior light bulb replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,gently pry the lens from the interi-or light housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snapthe lens into place.

Be careful not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

NOTICE

■ Room lamp

■ Luggage room lamp

OIB074042

OIB074041

OIB074040

■ Cross

Exterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warningand caution statements that appearon the label.

High-pressure washing• When using high-pressure washers,

make sure to maintain sufficient dis-tance from the vehicle.Insufficient clearance or excessivepressure can lead to componentdamage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensors orits surrounding area directly with ahigh pressure washer. Shock appliedfrom high pressure water may causethe device to not operate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close toboots (rubber or plastic covers) orconnectors as they may be damagedif they come into contact with highpressure water.

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finishfrom rust and deterioration, wash itthoroughly and frequently at leastonce a month with lukewarm or coldwater. If you use your vehicle for off-roaddriving, you should wash it after eachoff-road trip. Pay special attention tothe removal of any accumulation ofsalt, dirt, mud, and other foreignmaterials. Make sure the drain holesin the lower edges of the doors androcker panels are kept clear andclean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similardeposits can damage your vehicle’sfinish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plainwater may not completely remove allthese deposits. A mild soap, safe foruse on painted surfaces, may beused.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water.Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-ish.

• Do not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlightor when the body of the vehicle iswarm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle. Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts and lamps, do not clean withchemical solvents or strong deter-gents.

NOTICE

Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to seeif they have been affected bywater. If braking performance isimpaired, dry the brakes by apply-ing them lightly while maintaininga slow forward speed.

WARNING

•• Water washing in the engine com-partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehiclebefore waxing. Use a good qualityliquid or paste wax, and follow themanufacturer’s instructions. Wax allmetal trim to protect it and to main-tain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-als with a spot remover will usuallystrip the wax from the finish. Be sure tore-wax these areas even if the rest ofthe vehicle does not yet need waxing.

• Wiping dust or dirt off the body witha dry cloth will scratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergents con-taining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated oranodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quicklyrust and may develop into a majorrepair expense.

Information If your vehicle is damaged andrequires any metal repair or replace-ment, be sure the body shop appliesanti-corrosion materials to the partsrepaired or replaced.

i

NOTICE

NOTICEOLMB073082

BBright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper orother sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply acoating of wax or chrome preser-vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal partswith a heavier coating of wax orpreservative. If necessary, coat theparts with non-corrosive petroleumjelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control maycollect on the underbody. If thesematerials are not removed, acceler-ated rusting can occur on the under-body parts such as the fuel lines,frame, floor pan and exhaust system,even though they have been treatedwith rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-body and wheel openings with luke-warm or cold water once a month,after off-road driving and at the endof each winter. Pay special attentionto these areas because it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it.The lower edges of the doors, rockerpanels, and frame members havedrain holes that should not clog withdirt; trapped water in these areas cancause rusting.

After washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to seeif they have been affected bywater. If braking performance isimpaired, dry the brakes by apply-ing them lightly while maintaininga slow forward speed.

WARNING

AAluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coatedwith a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent, orwire brushes on aluminum wheels.They may scratch or damage thefinish.

• Clean the wheel when it hascooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water. Also, be sure to cleanthe wheels after driving on saltedroads. This helps prevent corro-sion.

• Avoid washing the wheels withhigh-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or aciddetergent. It may damage and cor-rode the aluminum wheels coatedwith a clear protective finish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corro-sionBy using the most advanced designand construction practices to combatcorrosion, we produce vehicles ofthe highest quality. However, this isonly part of the job. To achieve thelong-term corrosion resistance yourvehicle can deliver, the owner'scooperation and assistance is alsorequired.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corro-sion on your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneaththe vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protectivecoatings by stones, gravel, abra-sion or minor scrapes and dentswhich leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your vehi-cle is regularly exposed to corrosivematerials, corrosion protection isparticularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated cor-rosion are road salts, dust controlchemicals, ocean air and industrialpollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions inwhich corrosion is most likely tooccur. For example, corrosion isaccelerated by high humidity, partic-ularly when temperatures are justabove freezing. In such conditions,the corrosive material is kept in con-tact with the vehicle’s surface bymoisture that slowly evaporates.Mud is particularly corrosivebecause it dries slowly and holdsmoisture in contact with the vehicle.Although the mud appears to be dry,it can still retain moisture and pro-mote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceler-ate corrosion of parts that are notproperly ventilated so the moisturecan be dispersed. For all these rea-sons, it is particularly important tokeep your vehicle clean and free ofmud or accumulations of other mate-rials. This applies not only to the vis-ible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion fromgetting started by observing the fol-lowing:

KKeep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion isto keep your vehicle clean and freeof corrosive materials. Attention tothe underside of the vehicle is partic-ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area— where road salts are used, nearthe ocean, areas with industrialpollution, acid rain, etc.—, youshould take extra care to preventcorrosion. In winter, hose off theunderside of your vehicle at leastonce a month and be sure to cleanthe underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath thevehicle, give particular attention tothe components under the fendersand other areas that are hiddenfrom view. Do a thorough job; justdampening the accumulated mudrather than washing it away willaccelerate corrosion rather thanprevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularlyeffective in removing accumulatedmud and corrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members,be sure that drain holes are keptopen so that moisture can escapeand not be trapped inside to accel-erate corrosion.

KKeep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp,poorly ventilated garage. This cre-ates a favorable environment for cor-rosion. This is particularly true if youwash your vehicle in the garage ordrive it into the garage when it is stillwet or covered with snow, ice ormud. Even a heated garage can con-tribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good condi-tionScratches or chips in the finishshould be covered with "touch-up"paint as soon as possible to reducethe possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the atten-tion of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.Bird droppings : Bird droppings arehighly corrosive and may damagepainted surfaces in just a few hours.Always remove bird droppings assoon as possible.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floormats and carpeting and cause corro-sion. Check under the mats periodi-cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertil-izers, cleaning materials or chemi-cals in the vehicle.These should be carried only inproper containers and any spills orleaks should be cleaned up, flushedwith clean water and thoroughlydried.

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-er, and air freshener from contactingthe interior parts because they maycause damage or discoloration. Ifthey do contact the interior parts,wipe them off immediately. See theinstructions that follow for the properway to clean vinyl.

Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electrical/ elec-tronic components inside the vehicleas this may damage them.

When cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), use neu-tral detergents or low alcohol contentsolutions. If you use high alcoholcontent solutions or acid/alkalinedetergents, the color of the leathermay fade or the surface may getstripped off.

NOTICE

NOTICE

CCleaning the upholstery and interi-or trim Vinyl (if equipped)Remove dust and loose dirt fromvinyl with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with avinyl cleaner.

Fabric (if equipped)Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-ric with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-tion recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Remove fresh spots imme-diately with a fabric spot cleaner. Iffresh spots do not receive immediateattention, the fabric can be stainedand its color can be affected. Also, itsfire-resistant properties can bereduced if the material is not proper-ly maintained.

Using anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

Leather (if equipped)• Feature of Seat Leather

- Leather is made from the outerskin of an animal, which goesthrough a special process to beavailable for use. Since it is a nat-ural object, each part differs inthickness or density.Wrinkles may appear as a naturalresult of stretching and shrinkingdepending on the temperatureand humidity.

- The seat is made of stretchablefabric to improve comfort.

- The parts contacting the body arecurved and the side supportingarea is high which provides driv-ing comfort and stability.

- Wrinkles may appear naturallyfrom usage. It is not a fault of theproducts.

NOTICE

• Wrinkles or abrasions whichappear naturally from usage arenot covered by warranty.

• Belts with metallic accessories,zippers or keys inside the backpocket may damage the seatfabric.

• Make sure not to wet the seat. Itmay change the nature of natu-ral leather.

• Jeans or clothes which couldbleach may contaminate thesurface of the seat covering fab-ric.

CAUTION

• Caring for the leather seats- Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the seat.It will prevent abrasion or damageof the leather and maintain its qual-ity.

- Wipe the natural leather seat coveroften with dry or soft cloth.

- Use of proper leather protectivemay prevent abrasion of the coverand helps maintain the color. Besure to read the instructions andconsult a specialist when usingleather coating or protective agent.

- Light colored (beige, cream beige)leather is easily contaminated andthe stain is noticeable. Clean theseats frequently.

- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It maycause the surface to crack.

• Cleaning the leather seats- Remove all contaminations instant-

ly. Refer to instructions below forremoval of each contaminant.

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,foundation, etc.)Apply cleansing cream on a clothand wipe the contaminate spot.Wipe off the cream with a wet clothand remove water with a dry cloth.

- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)Apply a small amount of neutraldetergent and wipe until contami-nations do not smear.

- OilRemove oil instantly withabsorbable cloth and wipe withstain remover used only for natu-ral leather.

- Chewing gumHarden the gum with ice andremove gradually.

CCleaning the lap/shoulder beltwebbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended forcleaning upholstery or carpet. Followthe instructions provided with thesoap. Do not bleach or re-dye thewebbing because this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of thevehicle become fogged (that is, cov-ered with an oily, greasy or waxyfilm), they should be cleaned withglass cleaner. Follow the directionson the glass cleaner container.

Do not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

NOTICE

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warrantyinformation contained in the ServicePassport in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with anemission control system to meet allemission regulations.There are three emission controlsystems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper functionof the emission control systems, it isrecommended that you have yourcar inspected and maintained by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inaccordance with the maintenanceschedule in this manual.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilationsystem is employed to prevent airpollution caused by blow-by gasesbeing emitted from the crankcase.This system supplies fresh filtered airto the crankcase through the airintake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through thePCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission controlsystem

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed inthe canister are drawn into the surgetank through the purge control sole-noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve(PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve iscontrolled by the Engine ControlModule (ECM); when the enginecoolant temperature is low duringidling, the PCSV closes so that evap-orated fuel is not taken into theengine. After the engine warms upduring ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel tothe engine.

33. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission ControlSystem is a highly effective systemwhich controls exhaust emissionswhile maintaining good vehicle per-formance.

Vehicle modifications • This vehicle should not be modi-

fied. Modification of your vehiclecould affect its performance, safetyor durability and may even violategovernmental safety and emis-sions regulations.In addition, damage or perform-ance problems resulting from anymodification may not be coveredunder warranty.

• If you use unauthorized electronicdevices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage,battery discharge and fire. For yoursafety, do not use unauthorizedelectronic devices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes.Therefore, if you smell exhaustfumes of any kind inside your vehi-cle, have it inspected and repairedimmediately. If you ever suspectexhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with allthe windows fully open. Have yourvehicle checked and repairedimmediately.

• Do not operate the engine in con-fined or closed areas (such asgarages) any more than what isnecessary to move the vehicle in orout of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a shorttime with the engine running,adjust the ventilation system (asneeded) to draw outside air into thevehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stoppedvehicle for any extended time withthe engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails tostart, excessive attempts to restartthe engine may cause damage tothe emission control system.

ExhaustEngine exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolorless and odorless, it is dan-gerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructions onthis page to avoid CO poisoning.

WARNING

OOperating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-alytic converter emission controldevice.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

Petrol engine.• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-tion, such as misfire or a noticeableloss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse theengine. Examples of misuse arecoasting with the ignition off anddescending steep grades in gearwith the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at highidle speed for extended periods (5minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with anypart of the engine or emission con-trol system. All inspections andadjustments must be made by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dam-aging the catalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyt-ic converter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could voidyour warranties.

Fire• A hot exhaust system can ignite

flammable items under yourvehicle. Do not park, idle, ordrive the vehicle over or nearflammable objects, such asgrass, vegetation, paper,leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and catalyt-ic system are very hot while theengine is running or immediate-ly after the engine is turned off.Keep away from the exhaustsystem and catalytic, you mayget burned. Also, do not removethe heat sink around theexhaust system, do not seal thebottom of the vehicle or do notcoat the vehicle for corrosioncontrol. It may present a fire riskunder certain conditions.

WARNING

10

Specifica

tions &

Consu

mer in

form

atio

n

8

Specifications & Consumer information

10

Dimensions ............................................................10-2Engine....................................................................10-2Bulb wattage.........................................................10-3Tires and wheels ..................................................10-4Recommended lubricants and capacities .........10-5

Recommended sae viscosity number.........................10-6

Vehicle identification number (VIN)..................10-7Vehicle certification label ...................................10-7Tire specification and pressure label ...............10-7Engine number .....................................................10-8Air conditioner compressor label ......................10-8

10-2


DImENSIoNS

Item Elite i20 i20 Active

Overall length 3,985 (156.9) 3,995 (157.3)

Overall width 1,734 (68.3) 1,760 (69.3)

Overall height 1,505 (59.2)1,525 (60)

(1,555 (61.2))*1

Front tread1,519 (59.8)*2

1,507 (59.3)*31,504 (59.2)*3

1,516 (59.6)*4

Rear tread1,525 (60.0)*2

1,513 (59.6)*31,513 (59.6)*3

1,525 (60.0)*4

Wheelbase 2,570 (101.2) 2,570 (101.2)

*1 : with roof rack*2 : with R14 tire

*3 : with R16 tire*4 : with R15 tire

Item Petrol 1.2 Petrol 1.4 Diesel 1.4

Displacementcc

1,197 1,368 1,396

Bore x Stroke

mm71.0 x 75.6 72 x 84 75 x 79

Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders 4 4 4

ENGINE

mm (in)

bulb wattaGE

10-3

10

Specifica

tions &

Consu

mer in

form

atio

n

Light Bulb Bulb type Wattage

Front

Headlight (High/Low)Type A H4 60/55

Type B HB3 60

Position LightType A W5W 5

Type B LED LED

Static Bending Light (SBL) Type B H7 55

Turn signal Light PY21W 21

Fog Light * 881 27

Daytime Running Light (DRL) * LED LED

Side Repeater Light (Outside Mirror) WY5W or LED 5 or LED

Rear

Tail Light P21/5W 5

Tail and Stop Light P21/5W 21/5

Turn Signal Light PY21W 21

Back Up Light5 Door W16W 16

Cross PY21W 21

High Mounted Stop Lamp * W5W 5

License Plate Lamps W5W 5

Interior

Map Lamps FESTOON 8

Room Lamp FESTOON 8

Luggage Room Lamp * FESTOON 10

* : If equipped

Type A : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlamp

Type B : Bi-Function Projection Headlamp

10-4


tIrES aND whEElS

When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.

CAUTION

*1 : Normal load : Up to 2 persons

Item Tire size Wheel size

Inflation pressure (psi) Wheel lug nuttorque

kgf•m (lbf•ft, N•m)Normal load *1 Maximum load

Front Rear Front Rear

Full size tire

5 Door185/70R14 5.5J x 14 230 (33) 215(31) 230(33) 230(33)

11~13(79~94, 107~127)

195/55R16 6.0J x 16 230 (33) 215(31) 230(33) 230(33)

Cross185/65R15 5.5J x 15 230 (33) 215(31) 230(33) 230(33)

195/55R16 6.0J x 16 230 (33) 215(31) 230(33) 230(33)

• Only steel wheel provided as a spare wheel with all variants of vehicle.• Spare tire make can be from any tire manuafacturer i.e. Bridgestone/MRF/Apollo.• It is permissible to add 20 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expect-ed soon. Tires typically lose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every 7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variationsare expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan todrive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level (Air infla-tion per altitude: +10 kPa/1 km (+2.4 psi/1 mile).

NOTICE

10-5

10

Specifica

tions &

Consu

mer in

form

atio

n

rECommENDED lubrICaNtS aND CapaCItIESTo help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 *5

(drain and refill)Petrol engine 1.2 L 3.6 l ACEA A5/B5*3

Petrol engine 1.4 L 3.5 l ACEA A5/B5*3

Diesel engine 5.3 l ACEA B4*4

Manual transaxle fluidPetrol engine 1.2 L 1.5 ~ 1.6 l API Service GL-4, SAE 70W

(HYUNDAI genuine transaxle fluid)Diesel engine 1.7 ~ 1.8 l

Continuously variabletransaxle fluid

Petrol engine 1.2 L 6.0 l SP-CVT1

Automatic transaxle fluid Petrol engine 1.4 L 6.8 l DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III

CoolantPetrol engine 4.3 l MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)Diesel engine 6.4 l

Brake/Clutch fluid 0.7~0.8 l FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 40 l -*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducingthe amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.*3 : If the recommended engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SL/ / ILSAC GF-3 or ACEA A3.*4 : If the recommended engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use engine oil above API CH-4.*5: We recommend that you use the engine oils approved by HYUNDAI Motor India Ltd. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer for details.

10-6


Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) hasan effect on fuel economy and coldweather operating (engine start andengine oil flowability). Lower viscosi-ty engine oils can provide better fueleconomy and cold weather perform-ance, however, higher viscosityengine oils are required for satisfac-tory lubrication in hot weather.

Using oils of any viscosity other thanthose recommended could result inengine damage.When choosing an oil, consider therange of temperature your vehiclewill be operated in before the next oilchange. Proceed to select the rec-ommended oil viscosity from thechart.

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug,or dipstick before checking ordraining any lubricant. This isespecially important in dusty orsandy areas and when the vehicleis used on unpaved roads.Cleaning the plug and dipstickareas will prevent dirt and grit fromentering the engine and othermechanisms that could be dam-aged.

CAUTION

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

DieselEngine Oil 5W-30

15W-40

10W-30

0W-30

Petrol Engine Oil *1

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

OW-30, 5W-30, 5W-40

*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity gradeSAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5/B5). However, if the engine oil is not available in your coun-try, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10-7

10

Specifica

tions &

Consu

mer in

form

atio

n

tIrE SpECIFICatIoN aNDprESSurE labEl

The vehicle identification number(VIN) is the number used in register-ing your car and in all legal matterspertaining to its ownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the front right seat. To checkthe number, pull out the slit part ofcarpet.

The vehicle certification labelattached on the driver’s (or front pas-senger’s) side center pillar gives thevehicle identification number (VIN).

The tires supplied on your new vehi-cle are chosen to provide the bestperformance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver'sside center pillar gives the tire pres-sures recommended for your car.

VEhIClE CErtIFICatIoNlabEl (IF EquIppED)

OIB084003

VEhIClE IDENtIFICatIoNNumbEr (VIN)

OIB074055OIB074059

owner's manual - hyundai motor america · 2019-10-02 · owner's manual operation...

Documents